GOVERNMENT OF KARNATAKA BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATIONS First/Second SemesterDiploma APPLIED SCIENCE (COMMON TO ALL COURSES) SUBJECT CODE:
CURRICULAUM contact Hours -5Hrs/week Unit No Name of the chapter No of Hr 01 Units, Dimensions & Measurements 06 Hrs 02 Basics of Dynamics 06 Hrs 03 Basics of Statics 06 Hrs 04 Properties of solids & liquids 10 Hrs 05 Heat & Properties of gases 05Hrs 06 Wave Motion 12 Hrs 07 Physical Optics 12 Hrs 08 Modern Physics 09 Hrs 09 Engg. Chemistry 08 Hrs Test & Assignments 06 Hrs TOTAL 80 Hrs
Note: For setting of question paper,
Unit No. 01, 02 and 03 ------Section A
Unit No.04, 05 and 06 ------Section B
Unit No.07, 08 and 09 ------Section C
Also refer table of specification
APPLIED SCIENCE (COMMON TO ALL COURSES) SUBJECT CODE:
CONTENTS Unit No 01
Units, Dimensions & Measurements : ( 6 Hrs)
Physical quantity, Fundamental & derived Physical quantities, Unit of physical quantity, systems of units, fundamental & derived units, S.I units, Basic quantities , their S.I units, & symbols, supplementary quantities, their S.I units & symbols, Prefixes for multiples & sub multiples with their symbols, Advantages of S.I units.
Dimensions of a physical quantity examples:- Steps to write dimensions, Dimensional formula Dimensional equation, Applications of dimensional equation, Limitations ( Disadvantages) of dimensional equations ( analysis).
Measurement:- Principle of vernier, Neat diagram of slide calipers & its parts, Zero error & its correction, Least count, Reading MSR & VSR (CVD), use of vernier calipers for measurements, problems on vernier calipers. Principle of screw & nut ( Micrometer principle ), Neat diagram of screw gauge & its parts, Zero error, zero correction, Pitch, least count, reading PSR & HSR, use of screw gauge for measurements, problems on screw gauge.
Unit No 02
Basics of Dynamics ( 6 Hrs)
Recapitulation of equations of motion, Newton’s Ist law of motion, Force, basic forces in motion, gravitational force, electrostatic force, electromagnetic force, nuclear force, Difference between strong interaction & weak interaction, Inertia, types of inertia ( inertia of rest, inertia of motion, inertial of direction ), Momentum, Newton’s IInd law of motion, measurement of force using second law, simple problems on F = ma and equations of motion, Impulse of force, Impulse as the product of force and time, also impulse as the difference of momentum, examples of impulse, simple problems on impulse, Newtons IIIrd law of motion and its examples. Law of conservation of momentum, Statement, proof of this law using Newton’s laws, simple problems
Friction:- Cause of friction, types of friction, static friction, limiting friction, kinetic friction, rolling friction, sliding friction,, laws of limiting friction ,coefficient of friction advantages and disadvantages of friction, preventive methods of friction,
Unit No 03
Basics of Statics ( 6 Hrs):-
Scalar & Vector quantities with examples, geometrical representation of a vector, concurrent & parallel vectors, Resultant, equilibrium & equilibrant of vectors, Law of parallelogram of vectors:- Statement, explanation, expressions for magnitude & direction of the resultant of two concurrent vectors, simple problems, resolution of vectors, explanation, simple problems, Law of triangle of vectors, explanation, converse of law of triangle of vectors, law of polygon of vectors, explanation. Lami,s theorem -Explanation, Experiments to verify law of parallelogram of forces, converse of law of triangle of forces, & Lami’s theorem. Problems on above laws. Moment of a force, positive & negative moments, parallel forces, Like & unlike parallel forces, couple, moment of a couple, practical examples of couple, work done by a couple ( equation only), Resultant of two like & unlike parallel forces, condition of equilibrium of coplanar parallel forces, Experiment to verify the conditions of equilibrium of co-planar parallel forces. Problems
Unit No 04
Properties of Solids and Liquids ( 10 Hrs):-
Plasticity and Elasticity, examples, Deformation in bodies by the action of external forces, Stress, Types of stress, Tensile stress, example, Compressive stress, example, Shear stress, example, Strain, Types of strain, Tensile strain-examples, Volume strain-examples, Shear strain- examples, Hooke’s Law, Stress-strain graph with explanation.., Elastic co-efficient Modulus of elasticity, Young’s modulus of elasticity-formula, Bulk modulus of elasticity-Formula, Rigidity modulus of elasticity-formula, Explanation of factor of safety Compressibility, Poisson’s ratio ,Experiment to determine Young’s modulus of elasticity by Searle’s method, problems. Properties of Liquids: Liquid thrust, Pressure, Expression for pressure at a point inside a liquid, simple problems, Cohesion, Adhesion, nature of meniscus and angle of contact – examples,. Surface Tension-Explanation, formula unit and dimension, practical examples of surface tension, applications of surface tension, Factors affecting surface tension, capillarity and its applications, expression for surface tension in case of capillary rise, Determination of surface tension by capillary rise method, simple problems. Viscosity- Explanation with example, viscous force, factors affecting viscosity of gasses and liquids, co-efficient of viscosity , SI unit and dimensions, Experiment to determine co-efficient of viscosity by Poisulle’s method, Applications of viscosity, simple problems.
Unit No 05
Heat and properties of gases (5 Hrs):-
Heat, temperature, S.I units, difference between heat and temperature, calorie. Modes of transform of heat:- Conduction, Convection, Radiation examples, good conductors of heat & insulators, examples, Applications of conduction, convection & radiation. Specific heat of a substance S.I unit, Heat capacity ( thermal capacity or specific heat capacity of body)
Boyle’s law, statement & mathematical form, Gay-Lussac’s law Statement and expression, Charles law, Statement and expression, Absolute (Kelvin) scale of temperature, conversion formula to Celsius scale from absolute scale, Perfect gas equation (combined gas equation), Specific heat of gas at constant volume (Cv ) Specific heat of gas at constant pressure (Cp ), relation between Cp & Cv [ (i) ratio of specific heat (ii) Meyer’s relation ( no derivation) ] Thermodynamics Isothermal process, Adiabatic process. Laws of thermodynamics. Problems on gas laws.
Unit No 06
Wave motion (12 Hrs)
Vibratory motion, periodic motion, definitions of period, frequency, and amplitude for a vibrating particle, Simple Harmonic Motion, Explanation of SHM(motion of the foot of the perpendicular),Obtaining expression for displacement, velocity and acceleration of a body executing SHM,
Wave Motion- Explanation of a wave and wave motion with examples, definitions of wave velocity, wave period, wave frequency, and wave length, derivation of V = nλ problems. Types of waves transverse and longitudinal waves with examples, mechanical and non mechanical waves with examples. Mode of transfer of longitudinal waves ( sound wave) in air. Velocity sound in a gas, Newton’s assumptions and formula Laplace’s assumptions and corrected formula. Effect of temperature, pressure and humidity on the velocity of sound, problems. Stationary waves with examples, characteristics of stationary waves. Resonance. Explanation of free, forced vibrations with examples. Explanation of resonance, practical examples of resonance. Experiment to determine velocity of sound in air by resonance air column method. Problems.
Beats, Beat frequency, applications of beats, problems.
Laws of transverse vibrations of stretched strings statements of the laws with relevant formula. Experiments to determine frequency of the tuning fork using sonometer by (i)Absolute method and (ii) Comparison method. Problems
Musical note and Noise:- examples , characteristics of musical note.
Acoustics of buildings Echo, Reverberation, Interference, resonance. Reverberation time. Sabine’s formula and explanation, absorption coefficient of materials. Remedies for defects. Unit No 07
Physical Optics (12 Hrs)
Introduction to theories of light, Newton’s corpuscular theory, Huygens wave theory, Maxwell’s electromagnetic theory, Planck’s quantum theory, Dual nature of radiation.
Interference, theory of interference, Amplitude of resultant wave, condition for constructive interference, condition for destructive interference, condition for sustained interference, Young’s double slit experiment, expressions for path difference and fringe width, intensity distribution in interference fringe, simple problem on fringe width & path difference.
Diffraction, classification diffraction, Fresenel’s diffraction, Fraunhoffer diffraction, difference between them, Huygen’s principal, wave front, diffraction with white light, difference between Interference and Diffraction, Concept of resolving power of an optical instrument, Rayleigh criteria, Resolving power of a microscope, and its expressions in terms of wave length, resolving power of telescope, expression for resolving power of in terms of wave length, simple problems.
Polarisation:-Introduction, experiment to demonstrate the transverse nature of light. Representation of polarized and un-polarized light. Plane of vibration and plane of polarization. Methods of producing plane polarized light. Polarization by reflection, Brewster’s law, Brewster’s angle, formula for refractive index in terms of Brewster’s angle. Polarization by refraction. Polaroids, uses of polaroids .
Unit No 08
Modern physics (9Hrs)
Methods of electronic emission Thermo ionic emission, photoelectric emission, field emission, and secondary emission. Experiment to study photoelectric effect, Experimental results ( four results). Four laws of photoelectric emission, Einstein’s photoelectric equation. Photoelectric cells, Photo emissive cells, Photo voltaic cells, Photo conductive cells. Applications of photo electric cells. Electron microscope Principal of electron microscope, focusing by magnetic lens, construction and working, uses of electron microscope, Atomic forced microscope simple working of atomic forced microscope, advantages of atomic forced microscope over electron microscope
Scattering of light:- Coherent scattering and incoherent scattering. Explanation of scattering. Blue color of the sky. Blue color of water. Red color of sun during sun rise and sun set. White color of clouds. Raman effect. Applications of Raman effect . Lasers:- Induced absorption, spontaneous emission, stimulated emission. Principal of laser, population inversion, optical pumping. Properties of lasers. Applications of lasers. Radio activity:- Introduction, experiment to demonstrate three types of radiations. Properties of three types of radiations. Applications of radio activity in the field of agriculture, medicine, biology and geology.
Unit No 09
Engineering chemistry (8 Hrs)
Pollution:- Air pollution, air pollutants ( SO2 , H2S,HF,NO2, CO, dust), harmful effects. Acid rain and its effects ( basic ideas). Other effects of air pollution, Green house effect, global warming, effects of global warming, basic ideas, ozone layer, importance , causes of depletion of ozone layers (no equation). Effects of ozone layer depletion control of air pollution Water pollution, causes ( sewage, effluents, algae, micro organisms), their harmful effects. Their control. Sewage problem and disposals Corrosion, electrochemical theory of corrosion, formation of galvanic cells, concentration cells. Methods of prevention of corrosion-Alloying, surfaced coating, galvanizing , electroplating, anodizing, cathodic protection.
PH of a solution, water as weak electrolyte, Hydrogen ions, hydroxyl ions. Acidic solution, basic solution and neutral solution, concentration of H+ ions. Ionic product of pure of water, ionic product of acidic, basic and neutral solution. PH scale. PH for neutral acidic and basic solution, PH values of some important solutions. Applications of PH
First/Second Semister Subject:APPLIED SCIENCE code no: Contact Hours:05Hrs/week Contact Hrs/Semister:80
Unit No.01 UNITS,DIMENSIONS AND MEASUREMENTS (6 Hrs)
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
1.1 To understand the concept of Physical Quantities and their units. 1.2 To understand the characteristics of different physical quantities. 1.3 To use appropriate measuring instruments
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVESS
1.1.1 Define a physical quantity 1.1.2 Distinguish between fundamental and derived physical quantity. 1.1.3 Define unit of a physical quantity. 1.1.4 List different system of units. 1.1.5 List the fundamental units . 1.1.6 List the derived units. 1.1.7 Define S.I units. 1.1.8 List the basic quantities. 1.1.9 Write the basic units and symbols for them. 1.1.10 List the supplementary units and symbols for them. 1.1.11 Write the supplementary units and symbols for them. 1.1.12 Write the prefix for multiples and submultiples in S.I system. 1.1.13 State the advantages of S.I units. 1.2.1 Define dimensions of physical quantity. 1.2.2 Write the examples of dimensions of physical quantities. 1.2.3 State the steps used for writing the dimension of a physical quantity. 1.2.4 Define dimensional equation (dimensional formula) for a physical quantity. 1.2.5 State the advantages of dimensional equation. 1.2.6 State the disadvantages (limitations) of dimensional equation. 1.3.1 Define measurement 1.3.2 List the instruments used to measure accurately. 1.3.3 Define the Least Count of measuring instruments. 1.3.4 Define principle of vernier. 1.3.5 Identify the parts of a slide calipers. 1.3.6 Explain about zero error and its correction in the case of slide calipers. 1.3.7 Define least count of vernier calipers. 1.3.8 Describe the measurement of MSR and VSR (CVD). 1.3.9 State the uses of vernier calipers 1.3.10 Solve measurement problems on vernier calipers. 1.3.11 Define principle of screw and nut (micrometer principle). .
1.3.12 Identify the parts of screw gauge and label its parts. 1.3.13 Explain for writing zero error and zero correction 1.3.14 Define pitch of a screw 1.3.15 Define least count of a screw gauge 1.3.16 Explain measurement of PSR and HSR for screw gauge. 1.3.17 Solve measurement problems on screw gauge..
Unit No.02 BASICS OF DYNAMICS 06 Hrs
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
2.1 To revise equation of motion learnt in high school classes and to apply them to Solve problems. 2.2 To comprehend Newton’s laws of motion. 2.3 To understand friction.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
2.1.1 Review four equations of motion 2.1.2 State the meaning of the quantities involved in equations 2.1.3 Solve problems on equations of motion 2.2.1 State Newton’s First law 2.2.2 Define force 2.2.3 Define gravitational force. 2.2.4 Define electrostatic force. 2.2.5 Define electromagnetic force. 2.2.6 Define nuclear force. 2.2.7 Differentiate between strong and weak interaction. 2.2.8 Define inertia. 2.2.9 Define intertia of rest. 2.2.10 Give examples for inertia of rest. 2.2.11 Define inertia of motion. 2.2.12 Give examples of inertia of motion. 2.2.13 Define inertia of direction. 2.2.14 Give examples of inertia of direction. 2.2.15 Define momentum. 2.2.16 State Newton’s Second law of motion. 2.2.17 Review F= ma 2.2.18 Solve problems on F= ma 2.2.19 Define impulse as a product of force and time. 2.2.20 Write S.I unit and dimensions of impulse. 2.2.21 Obtain impulse as a difference of momentum. 2.2.22 Write examples for impulse. 2.2.23 Solve problems on impulse. 2.2.24 State Newton’s Third law 2.2.25 Give examples for Third law. 2.2.26 State law of conservation of momentum. 2.2.27 Prove the law of conservation of momentum using Newton’s laws. 2.2.28 Solve simple problems. 2.3.1 Define friction. 2.3.2 Point out the causes of friction. 2.3.3 List the types of friction. 2.3.4 Define static friction. 2.3.5 Define limiting friction. 2.3.6 Define kinetic friction. 2.3.7 Define rolling friction. 2.3.8 Define sliding friction. 2.3.9 State four laws of limiting friction. 2.3.10 Define coefficient of friction. 2.3.11 Write the advantages of friction. 2.3.12 Write the disadvantages of friction. 2.3.13 Discuss the preventive method of friction.
Unit No. 03 BASICS OF STATICS 06 Hrs
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
3.1 To understand the composition, resolution and equilibrium of vectors. 3.2 To understand moment of a force , couple and parallel coplanar forces.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
3.1.1 Define a scalar quantity with examples. 3.1.2 Define a vector quantity with examples. 3.1.3 Represent a vector quantity geometrically. 3.1.4 Define concurrent and nonconcurrent vectors. 3.1.5 Define resultant of a two or more concurrent vectors (forces). 3.1.6 Define equilibrium of vectors. 3.1.7 Define equilibrant. 3.1.8 Write the relation between resultant and equilibrant . 3.1.9 State and explain the law of parallelogram of vectors. 3.1.10 Obtain expressions for the magnitude and direction of the resultant of two vectors acting at a point. 3.1.11 Explain resolution of vectors. 3.1.12 Solve problems on parallelogram law and resolution of vectors. 3.1.13 State and explain the converse of the law of triangle of vectors. 3.1.14 State and explain the law of polygon of vectors. 3.1.15 State and explain Lami’s theorem . 3.1.16 Describe experiments to verify the law of parallelogram of vectors and the converse of the law of triangle of vectors and Lami’s theorem. 3.1.17 Solve problems on law of triangle of vectors,Lami’s theorem. 3.2.1 Define moment of force. 3.2.2 Write S I unit and dimensions of it. 3.2.3 Define positive and negative moment of force. 3.2.4 Define couple and moment of a couple. 3.2.5 Write practical applications of couple. 3.2.6 Define like and unlike parallel forces. 3.2.7 Explain the resultant of like parallel forces. 3.2.8 Explain the resultant of unlike parallel forces. 3.2.9 Explain the condition of equilibrium of number of coplanar parallel forces. 3.2.10 Describe an experiment to verify the conditions of equilibrium of parallel coplanar forces. 3.2.11 Solve problems on parallel forces.
Unit No.04 PROPERTIES OF SOLIDS AND LIQUIDS 10 Hrs
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
4.1 To understand the properties of solids. 4.2 To understand the properties of liquids.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
4.1.1 Explain solid as a state of matter. 4.1.2 Explain meaning of “deformation “ with examples. 4.1.3 Define elasticity with examples. 4.1.4 Explain the meaning of elastic limit. 4.1.5 Define plasticity with examples. 4.1.6 Define stress. 4.1.7 Write S.I unit and dimensions of stress. 4.1.8 Define Tensile stress with examples. 4.1.9 Define Volume stress with examples. 4.1.10 Define Shear stress with examples. 4.1.11 Define strain. 4.1.12 Define Tensile strain with examples. 4.1.13 Define Volume strain with examples. 4.1.14 Define Shear strain with examples. 4.1.15 State Hooke’s law. 4.1.16 Explain limitations of Hooke’s law. 4.1.17 Draw stress versus strain graph. 4.1.18 Explain the features of the graph. 4.1.19 Define coefficient of elasticity,(Modulus of elasticity) 4.1.20 Write formula of modulus of elasticity. 4.1.21 Define Young’s modulus and write its formula. 4.1.22 Write its S.I unit and dimensions. 4.1.23 Define Bulk modulus and write its formula .Write its SI unit and dimensions. 4.1.24 Define Rigidity modulus and write its formula. 4.1.25 Write its SI unit and dimensions. 4.1.26 Define factor of safety. 4.1.27 Write its formula. 4.1.28 Describe an experiment to determine Young’s modulus of a material using Searle’s apparatus. 4.1.29 Solve problems. 4.2.1 Explain liquid as a state of matter. 4.2.2 Define Thrust and write its SI unit. 4.2.3 Define pressure and write its SI unit. 4.2.4 Derive an expression for the pressure at a point inside a liquid at rest. 4.2.5 Solve problems. 4.2.6 Define adhesive forces with example. 4.2.7 Define cohesive forces with an example. 4.2.8 Explain the nature of meniscus with examples. 4.2.9 Define angle of contact with examples. 4.2.10 Explain surface tension on the basis of molecular theory. 4.2.11 Define surface tension. 4.2.12 Write the formula,SI unit and dimensions of it. 4.2.13 Give examples for the existence of surface tension. 4.2.14 Explain the factors affecting the surface tension. 4.2.15 Write the applications of surface tension. 4.2.16 Define capillary rise and capillarity. 4.2.17 Obtain an equation for surface tension in case of capillary rise. 4.2.18 Describe an experiment to determine surface tension of water by capillary rise method. 4.2.19 Solve problems. 4.2.20 Explain the concept of friction in a liquid flow 4.2.21 Explain viscous force. 4.2.22 Define viscosity. 4.2.23 Explain the factors affecting viscous force. 4.2.24 Define coefficient of viscosity. 4.2.25 Write SI unit and dimensions of coefficient of viscosity. 4.2.26 Discuss the effect of temperature on viscosity of liquids and gases. 4.2.27 List the applications of viscosity. 4.2.28 Describe an experiment to determine viscosity of water by poissulle’s method.
Unit No.05 HEAT AND PROPERTIES OF GASES 05Hrs
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
5.1 To understand Heat and Temperature. 5.2 To study modes and Transmission of heat and their applications. 5.3 To study the specific heat of a substances. 5.4 To study gas laws and specific heat of gas. 5.5 To understand laws of Thermodynamics.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
5.1.1 Define heat. 5.1.2 List the sources of heat. 5.1.3 Define temperature. 5.1.4 Explain different scales of temperature. 5.1.5 Write the differences between heat and temperature. 5.1.6 Define calorie. 5.1.7 Define SI unit of heat - joule. 5.2.1 List the different modes of transmission of heat. 5.2.2 Define conduction. 5.2.3 List the applications of conduction. 5.2.4 Define good conductors of heat and insulators. 5.2.5 List the uses of good conductors and insulators, 5.2.6 Define convection. 5.2.7 Explain two types of convection. 5.2.8 List the applications of convection. 5.2.9 Define radiation. 5.2.10 List the applications of radiation. 5.3.1 Define and explain specific heat of substance. 5.3.2 Obtain the equation for specific heat of substance and write its SI unit. 5.3.3 List the values for specific heats of few materials commonly used. 5.3.4 Solve simple numerical problems on equation for specific heat. 5.4.1 State Boyle’s law. 5.4.2 Write the expressions of Boyle’s law. 5.4.3 State Charle’s law and write its mathematical expression. 5.4.4 State Gay-Lussac’s law and write its mathematical expression. 5.4.5 Explain the Absolute scale of temperature on the basis of Charle’s law ,give its graphical representation. 5.4.6 Obtain combined gas equation and perfect gas equation. 5.4.7 Solve problems 5.4.8 Define specific heat of a gas at constant volume( Cv). 5.4.9 Define specific heat of a gas at constant pressure (Cp). 5.4.10 Write the relation between Cp and Cv ( i)ratio of specific heat. (ii) Meyer’s relation ( no derivation.) 5.5.1 Define Isothermal process and Adiabatic process with reference to gas. 5.5.2 State First law of thermodynamics. 5.5.3 Write the mathematical expression of First law of thermodynamics. 5.5.4 State the Second law of thermodynamics. 5.5.5 List the application of Second law of thermodynamics.
Unit No.06 WAVE MOTION 12 Hrs
GNERAL OBJECTIVES
6.1 To understand Simple Hormonic Motion. 6.2 To understand wave motion. 6.3 To understand stationary waves ,resonance and beats. 6.4 To study transverse vibrations of stretched strings. 6.5 To know musical note and noise. 6.6 To study acoustics of buildings.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
6.1.1 Define vibratory motion with examples. 6.1.2 Define periodic motion with examples. 6.1.3 Explain and define Simple Hormonic Motion. 6.1.4 Obtain an expression for displacement,velocity and acceleration or a particle executing SHM 6.1.5 Define period,frequency,amplitude in the case of vibrating particle. 6.2.1 Explain wave and wave motion with example. 6.2.2 Explain mechanical waves and electromagnetic waves with examples. 6.2.3 Define transverse waves with example. 6.2.4 Define longitudinal waves with example. 6.2.5 List the differences between transverse waves and longitudinal waves. 6.2.6 Define wave frequency,wave period,wave length,wave velocity,wave amplitude for a wave. 6.2.7 Derive the relation V=nλ 6.2.8 Solve problems on the relation. 6.2.9 Explain propagation of sound in air. 6.2.10 Explain Newton’s assumptions for the velocity of sound in air (gas) and write formula. 6.2.11 Explain Laplace’s assumption for velocity of sound in air. 6.2.12 Write Newton - Laplace formula for the velocity of sound in a gas. 6.2.13 Discuss the effect of pressure ,temperature, humidity on the velocity of sound. 6.2.14 Solve problems on Newton - Laplace formula. 6.3.1 Define stationary waves. 6.3.2 List the characteristics of stationary waves. 6.3.3 Define free vibrations with examples. 6.3.4 Define forced vibrations with examples. 6.3.5 Define resonance with examples. 6.3.6 Describe an experiment to determine the velocity of sound in air at room temperature and zero degree celsius by resonance air column method. 6.3.7 Solve problems. 6.3.8 Define beats,beat frequency. 6.3.9 State applications of beats. Solve problems. 6.4.1 Explain the transverse vibrations of stretched strings. 6.4.2 State the three laws of transverse vibration of stretched strings with relevant formula. 6.4.3 Describe an experiment to determine the frequency of tuning fork by comparison method using sonometer. 6.4.4 Describe an experiment to determine the frequency of tuning fork by absolute method using sonometer. 6.4.5 Solve problems. 6.5.1 Define musical note,noise. 6.5.2 List the differences between musical note and noise. 6.5.3 List the characteristics of musical note. 6.6.1 Explain acoustics with regards to buildings. 6.6,2 List the different types of defects of acoustics in buildings. 6.6.3 Define Echo,Reverberation,Intereference,Resonance. 6.6.4 Define Reverberation time. 6.6.5 Define absorptive coefficients of materials. 6.6.6 Write Sabine’s formula and explain the notations. 6.6.7 List the different remedies for defects. 6.6.8 Solve problems on Sabine’s formula.
Unit No.07 PHYSICAL OPTICS 12Hrs
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
7.1 To understand various theories of light. 7.2 To understand the concept of Interference. 7.3 To understand the concept of Diffraction . 7.4 To understand the concept of Polarisation.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
7.1.1 Explain Newton’s corpuscular theory. 7.1.2 Explain Huygen’s wave theory. 7.1.3 Explain Maxwell’s Electromagnetic theory. 7.1.4 Explain Planck’s quantum theory. 7.1.5 Explain dual nature of radiation (light). 7.2.1 Define interference. 7.2.2 Obtain the equation for resultant displacement. 7.2.3 Derive the equation for amplitude of the resultant wave. 7.2.4 Discuss the conditions for constructive interference. 7.2.5 Discuss the conditions for destructive interference. 7.2.6 List the conditions of sustained interference. 7.2.7 Explain Young’s double slit experiment. 7.2.8 Obtain expression for path difference. 7.2.9 Obtain expression for fringe width. 7.2.10 Explain the intensity distribution in interference fringe. 7.2.11 Solve simple problems on fringewidth and path difference. 7.3.1 Define diffraction. 7.3.2 Define Fresenel diffraction and Fraunhoffer diffraction. 7.3.3 Differentiate Fresenel diffraction and Fraunhoffer diffraction. 7.3.4 Explain Huygen’s principle related to wavefront. 7.3.5 Explain diffraction with white light. 7.3.6 Differentiate between interference and diffraction. 7.3.7 Explain the concept of resolving power of an optical instrument. 7.3.8 Explain Rayleigh’s criteria on resolving power. 7.3.9 Define limit of resolution and resolving power of a microscope. in terms of wave length. 7.3.10 Define resolving power of a Telescope. 7.3.11 Write the formula for resolving power of Telescope interms of wavelength. 7.3.12 Solve simple problems. 7.4.1 Define Polarisation. 7.4.2 Describe an experiment to demonstrate the transverse nature of light. 7.4.3 Represent unpolarised and polarized light geometrically. 7.4.4 Define plane of vibration. 7.4.5 Define plane of polarization,.. 7.4.6 Explain the method of polarization by reflection. 7.4.7 State Brewster’s law. Define Brewster’s angle. 7.4.8 Obtain equation for refractive index interms of Brewster’s angle. 7.4.9 Explain the method of polarization by refraction. 7.4.10 Explain the method of polarization by double refraction. 7.4.11 Explain polaroids. 7.4.12 List the use of polaroids.
Unit No.08 MODERN PHYSICS 09 Hrs
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
8.1 To understand the emission of electrons. 8.2 To know the scattering of light. 8.3 To understand Lasers. 8.4 To understand radio-activity.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
8.1.1 Explain thermionic emission. 8.1.2 Explain photoelectric emission. 8.1.3 Explain Field emission. 8.1.4 Explain secondary emission. 8.1.5 Define photoelectric effect. 8.1.6 Describe an experiment to study photoelectric effect. Explain experimental results. 8.1.7 State four laws of photoelectric emission. 8.1.8 Write photoelectric equation. 8.1.9 Explain the quantities involved in it. 8.1.10 Explain photoemissive cell. 8.1.11 Explain photovoltaic cell. 8.1.12 Explain photoconductive cell. 8.1.13 List the applications of photoelectric cells. 8.1.14 Explain the principle of electrons microscope. 8.1.15 Explain the method of focusing by magnetic lens. 8.1.16 Explain the construction and working. 8.1.17 List the uses of electron microscope. 8.1.18 Explain the working of Atomic Focus Microscope. 8.1.19 Write the advantages of Atomic Focus Microscope. 8.2.1 Explain coherent scattering. 8.2.2 Explain incoherent scattering. 8.2.3 Explain the blue colour of the sky and blue colour of water. 8.2.4 Explain the red colour of sun during sunrise and sunset. 8.2.5 Explain the white colour of cloud. 8.2.6 Explain Raman Effect. 8.2.7 Write the applications of Raman Effect 8.3.1 Define laser . 8.3.2 Explain Induced absorption. 8.3.3 Explain spontaneous emission and stimulated emission. 8.3.4 State the principle of Laser. 8.3.5 Explain population inversion and optical pumping. 8.3.6 List the properties of laser. 8.3.7 Write the applications of laser. 8.4.1 Explain radioactivity with examples. 8.4.2 Describe an experiment to demonstrate three types of radiations. 8.4.3 Write the properties of alpha,beta and gamma rays. 8.4.4 List the agricultural ,medical,biological and geological applications of lasers.
Unit No.09 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 08 Hrs
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
9.1 To understand pollution, its harm full effects and preventive measures. 9.2 To comprehend water pollution, its harm full effects and preventive measures. 9.3 To understand different types of corrosion and preventive measures. 9.4 To comprehend pH of solution , pH scale and applications of pH. .
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
9.1.1 Define pollution. 9.1.2 List air pollutants. 9.1.3 Write the harmfull effects of air pollution. 9.1.4 Explain acid rain and its effects. 9.1.5 Explain green house effect. 9.1.6 Explain global warming. 9.1.7 List the effects of global warming. 9.1.8 Explain ozone layer and its importance. 9.1.9 List the cause of depletion of ozone layer(without any equation). 9.1.10 List the effects of ozone layer. 9.1.11 Discuss the control of air pollution. 9.2.1 Explain water pollution, 9.2.2 Discuss the causes of water pollution.(seweage,effluents,algai,micro-organisms). 9.2.3 Explain methods of control of sewage problems and disposals. 9.3.1 Define corrosion. 9.3.2 Explain the causes of corrosion. 9.3.3 Describe different types of corrosion.(i)electrochemical theory of corrosion. (ii) Formation of galvanic cells.(iii)concentration cells 9.3.4 Explain the preventive measures of corrosion. i.by alloying ii.by surface coating iii.by galvanizing iv.by electroplating v.by anodizing vi.by cathodic protection.
9.4.1 Explain water as a weak electrolyte. 9.4.2 Explain nature of solution on the basis of (H+) ion and (OH¯) ion concentrations. 9.4.3 Explain ionic product of pure water. 9.4.4 Define neutral,basic and acidic solutions. 9.4.5 Define pH of a solution. 9.4.6 Define neutral basic and acidic solution by using pH. 9.4.7 Give the pH values some solutions 9.4.8 Write the applications of pH solution.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Applied Science –By W.R. Neelakanta , Sapna Publications 2. Applied Science –By N N Banavasi, S Chand Publications 3. First PUC and Second PUC Physics Text Books – by different authors.. 4. Text book of physical chemistry by P.L.Soni publisher S.Chand and Co. 5. Essentials of physical chemistry by B.S.Bhal and G.B.Tuli, 6. Text bookof physical chemistry by K.K.Sharma and L.K.Sharma, Vikas publication house. 7. Applied Science for polytechnics- by different authors.
APPLIED SCIENCE
TABLE OF SPECIFICATION FOR QUESTION PAPER SETTING
Unit No No Hrs in No of Total No of Total curriculum subdivisions marks to subdivisions marks of 5 marks be of 5 marks to be set each to be answered to be set answered Section 01 06 A 02 06 05 25 07 35 03 06 Section 04 10 B 05 05 07 35 11 55 06 12 07 12 Section 08 09 08 40 12 60 C 09 08 Total 20 100 30 150
BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION- KARNATAKA
MODEL QUESTION PAPER APPLIED SCIENCE Time:3Hrs Max Marks:100
Note: 1) Answer any 05 subdivisions from Section A, any 07 sub divisions from Section B and any 08 subdivisions from Section C 2) Each subdivision carries 5 marks.
Section A (Answer any 05 subdivisions) 1. a) What is meant by Least count of a measuring instrument Write dimensions of density Write the S.I. unit of a acceleration 2 + 2 + 1
b) State and prove the law of conservation of momentum 2 + 3
c) State Newton’s Second law of motion. A body of mass 2kg is moving with a velocity of 2m/s. If its velocity changes to 5m/s in 10 seconds on application of a constant force, calculate the acceleration of the body & Impulse on it. 2 + 3
2. a) Write a neat diagram of screw gauge & name its parts 3 + 2
b) State the law of parallelogram of vectors. Obtain an expression for the magnitude of the resultant of two Vectors acting at a point. 2 + 3
3. a) Describe an experiment to verify Lami’s theorem 5
b) Define Moment of a force. Three forces 3kgwt, 7kgwt & 15kgwt, acting at a point are in equilibrium. Calculate the angle between first two forces. 2 + 3
Section B (Answer any 07 subdivisions)
4. a) Define stress. Differentiate between plasticity and elasticity with examples. 2 + 3
b) Define Young’s Modulus Write 3 applications of capillarity 2 + 3 c) Describe an experiment to determine surface tension of water by capillary rise method 5
5. a) Distinguish between specific heat of a substance & heat capacity of a body. Write two applications of convection. 2 + 3
b) Define surface tension and angle of contact. Write 3 applications of viscosity. 2 + 3
c) Derive PV = mRT with usual notations 5
6. a) Define SHM Obtain an expression for the velocity of a vibrating body executing SHM 2 + 3 b) Describe an experiment to determine velocity of sound in air at room temperature, using Resonance Air Column apparatus. 5 c) What is resonance? Write 3 practical examples of resonance. 2 + 3
7. a) Describe an experiment to determine the frequency of the tuning fork using sonometer by comparison method. 5
b) The frequency of a sonometer wire is doubled when the tension is increased by 12 kgwt. Calculate the original tension of the wire. 5
Section C (Answer any 08 subdivisions)
8. a) What is interference of light? Write three differences between Interference & diffraction. 2 + 3 b) Obtain an expression for the path difference in Young’s double slit experiment. 5 c) In a double slit experiment light of wave length 5500 Å is used. Find the path difference & phase difference for the fourth dark fringe from the centre of the pattern. 5
9. a) State Brewster’s law. Obtain an expression for the refractive index of a material in terms of Brewster’s angle. 2 + 3
b) What is polarization? Explain the method of polarization by refraction 2 + 3
c) What is photoelectric emission? Write any three experimental results on the study of photoelectric effect. 2 + 3
10. a) Explain the focusing the magnetic lens in an Electron microscope Write 3 uses of Electron microscope. 2 + 3
b) What is Raman effect. Explain stimulated emission in Laser. 2 + 3
c) What is radio activity? Describe an experiment to demonstrate 3 types of radiations. 2 + 3
11. a) What is an acid rain? Write 3 harmful effects of it. 2 + 3
b) What are the causes of water pollution? Explain any one method of controlling sewage problem. 2 + 3
c) How does a “ Concentration cell” work? Write three applications of PH. 2 + 3
0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0
GOVERNMENT OF KARNATAKA BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATIONS First/Second SemesterDiploma APPLIED SCIENCE LAB (COMMON TO ALL COURSES) SUBJECT CODE:
Group A Experiment No Aim of the experiment 01 To determine the volume of the given solid cylinder using Slide calipers 02 To determine the volume of the given Hollow cylinder using Slide calipers 03 To determine the thickness of the glass and metal plate using Screw gauge 04 To determine the volume of thin wire using Screw gauge & sample wire 05 To determine the volume of small rigid ball using Screw gauge 06 To verify the law of Parallelogram of vectors 07 To verify the converse of law of triangle of vectors 08 To verify the Lami’s theorem 09 To verify two conditions of equilibrium of coplanar parallel forces Group B 10 To determine Young’s Modulus of the material of the wire using Searle’s App 11 To determine Surface Tension of water by capillary rise method To determine the frequency of the given tuning fork using sonometer by 12 comparison method To determine the frequency of the given tuning fork using sonometer by 13 absolute method To determine velocity of sound in air at room temperature & at 0°C a by 14 Resonance Air Column method 15 To determine coefficient of Viscosity of water by Poisulle’s method
Most Important instructions to examiners
i) While setting two experiments in the examination for each candidate, one experiment should be chosen from group A and another must be from group B ii) While setting two experiments, large number of combinations to be made covering most of the experiments iii) The scheme of valuation given below must be strictly followed.
Scheme of valuation
Record 05 Marks Oral 15 Marks Planning ( Includes observation, Tabular column, Formula) 20 Marks ( 10 marks x 2 expt) Conducting ( Includes skill in arrangement, handling of app, 40 Marks ( 20 marks x 2 expt) & readings) Calculation and result 20 Marks ( 10 marks x 2 expt) Total 100 Marks
Government of Karnataka Department of Technical Education Board of Technical Examination
Basic Computer Skills Lab (Common to all Branches)
Section – I : Computer Basics & Internet Basics
1. Identify and understand the models of Computers. 2. Identify and understand front panel switches and back panel connections of a Computer system. 3. Identify and understand the physical components of computer. 4. Study and understand the operating system overview. 5. Conduct computer system connection and understand the booting process. 6. Study and understand the file system overview. 7. Study and understand the Basic Dos Commands. 8. Study and understand the windows operating system Basics. 9. Exposure to windows operating system. 10. Practice windows explorer – through My computer Icon & shortcut entry. 11. Practice Creating/Opening, Editing and saving the document using Notepad. 12. Study and understand the clipboard concept for Copy, Cut and Paste operation. 13. Study and understand the Windows utilities – word pad, paint, calculator.. 14. Study and understand the windows system tools – Scandisk, Backup, System Info, WinZip. 15. Practice browsing of different sites using search engine. 16. practice and understand different E-Mail services – Outlook, Yahoo mail, rediffmail etc 17. Practice Creating E-Mail accounts, Sending, Receiving & Storing of mails. 18. Study and understand the BARAHA Software.
Section – II : Word Processing & Presentation
Using Word Processor, write a procedure & execute the following.
19. Create a Business or Personal Letter. 20. Create a Company Letterhead. 21. Create a Simple Newsletter. 22. Create a Memo. 23. Create a Resume or Curriculum Vitae. 24. Create an Invitation/Greeting card. 25. Create the cover page of a Project Report. 26. Create a mail merged letter/invitation. 27. Create a Macro which inserts a picture and formats the text. Presentation 28. Using presentation tool, Create a simple Presentation to list simple Dos Commands, Hardware, Software etc.
Section III
Using Spreadsheet, write a procedure & execute the following. 29. Create a worksheet with 4 columns. Enter 10 records and find the sum of all columns. 30. Create a report containing the pay details of the employees. 31. Create a results sheet containing Candidate's Register No., Name, Marks for all subjects, Total and results Total and result must be calculated as below: Result is Distinction if Total >= 70 % First Class if Total > = 60 % and < 70 % Second Class if Total >= 50 % and < 60 % Pass if Total >= 35 % and < 50 % provided the candidate has secured atleast 35 marks in each subject. Fail otherwise 32. Create a Simple Bar Chart to highlight the sales of a company for 3 different periods. 33. Create a Pie Chart for a sample data and give legends. 34. Create a worksheet importing data from database and calculate sum of all the columns. 35. Create a Macro which creates a Line Chart using the data in the worksheet
Database
Using Database, write a procedure & execute the following.
36. Create a simple table for result processing. 37. Create a query table for the result processing table. 38. Create a form to update/Modify the result processing table contents, 39. Design a report to print the result sheet and Marks card for the result processing table.
Note : Open source softwares (OSS) such as Open office Org, Star office etc may be use. Other softwares like MS-office, Lotus smart suite etc. may also be used.
SCHEME OF VALUATION
SI.NO Content Max. Marks 1 Lab Record 05 2 Answer one question from Computer Basics & Internet 10 3 Writing steps on any two (one each from Section – II, III) 15 4 Executing of two exercises 40 5 Result /Printout 10 6 Viva voce 20 Total 100
Reference Books:
1. Basic Computer Skills By Dr. M A Jayaram & D S Rajendra Prasad. Sapna Publications
2. A Computer Laboratory referral for Diploma & Engineering students BY: T R Jagadish et.al- Universities Press.
ENGLISH COMMUNICATION
TABLE OF SPECIFICATIONS
Sl Ability Knowle Compre Applicat Analysis Total NO dge hension ion Content
1 Lessons 5 25 10 40
2 Parts of speech 2 02
3 Countable & Uncountable nouns 2 2
4 Use of some, any etc. 6 6
5 Main & Aux. verbs 2 2
6 Uses of Tenses 8 8
7 Voice 4 4
8 Interrogatives 2 2
9 Negatives 2 2
10 Prepositions 4 4
11 Question tags 2 2
12 Use of adverb too 2 2
13 Use of idioms & phrases 4 4
14 Story from outlines 5 5
15 Developing notes into a paragraph 5 5
16 Comprehension of unseen passage 5 5
17 Summarising 5 5
Total 13 32 40 15 100 GOVERNMENT OF KARNATAKA DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION MODEL QUESTION PAPER ENGLISH COMMUNICATION FOR I / II SEMESTER. (COMMON FOR ALL COURSES)
Maximum Marks:100 Duration: 3 hours
Instruction:
1. Question I is purely based on the prescribed textbook only. 2. Even right answers with wrong spelling and grammar may be penalized.
I a. Fill in the blanks with suitable answers. 6 x 1 = 6
1) But teach him also that, for every ______there is a hero. 2) “ Water: The Elixir of Life” was written by ______3) The gift that Della bought cost her $ ______4) In the year ______the Karnataka Right to Information Act was introduced. 5) Mr. Tagde was a ______by profession. 6) Stephen Leacock’s friend Todd owes him ______
I b. Answer any 12 from the following in one/two sentences. 12 x 2 = 24
1. How did Della save the money? 2. Describe Della’s home in a couple of sentences. 3. Describe the two possessions the couple was proud of? 4. How is the Valley of the Nile described? 5. What is the role played by flowing water? 6. What are the causes of soil erosion? 7. What is the last weapon used by the Mores against Mr. Tagde? 8. What is the compromise suggested by Mr. Thakar? 9. How is Mr. Tagde described in the story? 10. What do the basic challenges of life include? 11. What is the relationship between high self-esteem and self-expression? 12. What kind of people, according to Nathaniel Branden are needed in today’s world of modern business? 13. What did Todd owe the speaker and for how long? 14. What are the apprehensions or worries of author Stephen Leacock about the return of his money? 15. List out the different means by which the author tries to get back his dollar from Todd? 16. How is aimlessness described in the essay, “thought & purpose”? 17. According to Right to information in Karnataka, what does “Information” mean? 18. Define “Competent authority” according to Right to information act.
1 I c) Answer any two of the following in a paragraph of 100-120 words. 2 x 5 = 10 i) Summarize the essay “ Thought and Purpose” in your own words. ii) Mention the grounds for refusal to supply information in certain cases. iii) What are the points that you can quote about the self confidence the boy should have according to Abraham Lincoln. iv) Write a note on six pillars of Self-esteem.
II. Grammar & Composition
i) Identify the parts of speech of the underlined words. 2 x 1 = 2 a) His struggle brought him success in the end b) He works hard.
ii) Underline the Noun in the following sentences and identify the countable nouns only. 2 x 1 = 2 a) We have bought some coal, which is lying on the ground b) The keys are missing from my pocket.
iii) Complete the sentences using “some or any” 6 x 1 = 6 a) “There is ______juice in the cup, which may not be of _____ use to me. If you wish you can get ______juice in order to please me. Do you have ______objection?”
b) We have ______butter but we don’t have ______bread and we don’t mind requesting ______body to get the bread.
iv) Complete the sentences below using the correct auxiliaries 2 x 1 = 2. a) I ______meet him tomorrow. b) You ______go on leave on Tuesday.
v)Complete the sentences below using the present simple / present continuous form of the verbs provided in the brackets.
a) The plane ______at 5 O’ Clock tomorrow (leave) b) He ______to say something (try) c) They ______well in the examination (do) d) Mukesh ______in an industry (work)
vi) Complete the sentences below using the present perfect or present perfect continuous form of verbs provided in the brackets. 4 x 1 = 4 a) My friend ______this car for seven years (drive). b) I ______the answers on the work book (just write). c) She ______under the tree for two hours (stand) d) The cow ______whole day (eat grass).
2
vii) Complete the paragraph below using the passive forms 4 x 1 = 4. The model answers ______to the students (give) before the exams. But the answers ______by them (not learn). Therefore passing marks ______by them (not score). They ______by their parents (scold).
viii) Complete the sentences below by filling the blanks with the appropriate negative verbs. 2 x 1 = 2 a) Where is Latha? I ______know. b) My parents ______coming today.
ix) Complete the questions below by adding the appropriate interrogation. 2 x 1 = 2 a) ______asked you to write this? b) ______should I solve this problem?
x) Complete the sentences below by using in, at or on. 2 x 1 = 2 a) The cows are grazing ______the field. b) Her father is ______the hospital.
xi) Complete the sentences below by using over / above / under / below / behind 2 x 1 = 2 a) She has a mole ______her eye. b) We could see the river flowing ______us, from the bridge.
xii) Add the correct question tags to the following statements. 2 x 1 = 2 a) They always work hard, ______? b) Children like snacks, ______?
xiii) Complete the following sentences using either very / too whichever is appropriate. 2 x 1 = 2 a) He is ______young. b) There is ______much sugar is in the tea.
xiv) Use the following idioms / phrases in your own sentences: 4 x 1 = 4
a) in respect of b) on account of c) to give way to d) again and again
3 III Written Composition:
a) Read the following passage carefully and summarize in your own words 1 x 5 = 5 Epidemic situation has been prevalent since the dawn of history. From the time unknown there were diseases which had no names. But these days people can name them, still they can not be prevented easily by ordinary human beings.
The epidemic diseases that were prevalent in the recent past were Cholera, Plague, Malaria, Small pox etc. For all these diseases man has found powerful and effective vaccination, that prevents the disease from attacking human beings and also spare them from panic. But the presently spreading H1N1 flu , has been creating panic, which spreads like wild fire. The panic spreads faster than the disease. Instead of getting scared about the attack of the disease, if the public co-operate with health department and take precautionary measures to prevent the disease with proper awareness the disease can be eliminated.
The presently available “Tami flu” curative medicine can not be used for preventive effect. Some doctors have already administered “Tami flu” to the people as a preventive medicine for those who are not succumbed to the disease, the negative effect of this type of administration is that when a person, who has taken Tami flu as a preventive, will not benefit when he is attacked by the flu, even if once again “ Tami flu” is given to him. Therefore it is advisable, it seems “Tami flu” and such other curative medicine should not be given to any one as preventive medicine. When actually the disease attacks, the patient will not have resistance for the disease, as he had already taken “Tami flu”.
b) Write a readable story from the following outlines: 1 x 5 = 5
King Solomon noted for wisdom – Queen of Sheba heard about his fame – visited him – wanted to test his wisdom – showed him two garlands – asked to identify the natural one and artificial one from a distance – Solomon, silent – Queen, triumphant – Solomon ordered to open the windows – bees flew in and sat on natural garland of flowers – it was obvious – queen got impressed. c) Look at the picture below and write a paragraph of not more than 100 words 5
4 d) Read the passage given below and answer the questions given thereafter.
Some people insist upon learning a particular language of the region, ignoring the interest of the students, parents, teachers and well-wishers. If we really honor the fundamental rights of our nation, one can allow any one learning any language. When there is an argument that the vernacular allow the small children, in the age group of 10 years and below, to use their creative imagination, The English language helps and boosts the grown-up children out – do vernacular medium children if they are from English-medium at the Primary school level.
Instead of lay people fighting tooth and nail about the importance and usage of the language a seminar and a workshop of the experts in the languages could be organized, based on which a report can be submitted impartially. The impartial report submitted by such a committee should be take into account the weightage given by the beneficiaries of the language, like students, parents, teachers and academicians – at the international level.
If the focus is given on the language from the point of view of regions, the study and all our effort in teaching & educating our society, for socio – economic development would go in vain. The utility of the knowledge of the language should be considered at the international level, because often globalization, our out – look on the world economy is globalized. The trend of each and every citizen of our country should be to develop our Indian economy, in whatever is reasonable and possible. 5 x 1 = 5
1) What is the role of fundamental right? 2) What is the difference between the children who have studied in regional language medium and English medium? 3) What is the purpose of organizing seminars or workshops on language? 4) Who are the beneficiaries of language – learning? 5) If the focus is given on learning the regional language what will be the consequences?
------0------
5 FIRST SEMESTER DIPLOMA IN LEATHER TECHNOLOGY Scheme of Study and Examination. (With effect from 2009-10)
Q P Contact Hours Scheme of Examination SL CODE Theory Subject Exam. End Exam. I.A N The Pract. Tota Duratio Max Min Marks Total Marks Min Pass Marks o ory l n Marks Marks with IA Marks
English 9CP01E 1 Communication . 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 Applied 9SC01M 2 Mathematics-I 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
3 9SC03S Applied Science 5 --- 5 3 100 35 25 125 45
4 9LT14 Leather Basics 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
Practicals
5 9SC10P Science Lab --- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60
Basic Computer 9LT16P --- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60 6 Skills
Total 17 12 29 600 150 750 300
SECOND SEMESTER DIPLOMA IN LEATHER TECHNOLOGY Scheme of Study and Examination. (With effect from 2009-10)
Q P Contact Hours Scheme of Examination SL Code Exam. N Theory Subject Duration o
End Exam. Theor Pract. Total y Max Min Total Marks marks I A Marks Min Marks Pass Marks with IA Marks 1 9SC02M Applied Mathematics-II. 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 Applied Chemistry – I 2 9SCL22 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 Mechanical Engg. 3 9ME02M Science 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 Tanning Technology 4 9LT24 4 -- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 Practicals
5 9LT25P Chemistry Lab --- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60
6 9LT26P Tannery Practice - I --- 6 6 6 100 50 25 125 60
7 9LT27P Auto-Cad Lab --- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60
Total 16 18 34 700 175 875 360
I - SEMESTER.
I SEMESTER
CONTENTS
S.NO SUBJECT: SUB. CODE
1. ENGLISH
2. APPLIED MATHEMATICS – I
3. APPLIED SCIENCE
4. LEATHER BASICS.
5. SCIENCE LAB.
6. BASICS OF COMPUTER SKILLS
LEATHER BASICS
Sub Code:
Semester : I I.A.Marks : 25 Hrs/Week: 04 Exam : 100 Total Hrs: 64 Hrs : 03
S.No Topics No.Of.Hrs.
UNIT-1 Anatomical Structure Of 10 Hides/Skins
UNIT-2 Chemistry Of Hides/Skins 15
UNIT-3 Preservation Of Hides/ Skins. 14
UNIT-4 Tannery Operations 10
UNIT-5 Chemistry Of Pre-tanning Operations 15
LEATHER BASICS
UNIT:I 1. ANATOMICAL STRUCTURE OF HIDES AND SKINS.
General Objectives:- 1. To Understand The Structure Of hides and skins.
Specific Objectives:- 1. Explain the structure of hides and skins 2. Identify the grain pattern of hides and skins 3. Determine the portion required for making leather 4. Study the characteristics of hides and skins
1.1) Structure of Hides and skins. 1.2) Characteristics of various Hides and Skins 1.3) Grain pattern of different Hides and skins 1.4) Portion of skin required for making Leather.
UNIT – II 2. CHEMISTRY OF HIDES AND SKINS
General objectives: 1. To understand the chemical constituents and chemistry of Hides and Skins
Specific Objectives: 1. Explain the chemical constituents of raw hides and skins 2 Discuss about proteins . 3. Describe amino acids 4. State the role of enzymes present in the skins.
2.1) Chemical constituents of Raw Hides and skins. 2.2) Carbohydrates. 2.3) Fats and proteins 2.4) Proteins - properties and classification sequence 2.5) Amino acids –Definition , preparation , properties and classification. 2.6) Polypeptides –peptide formation of amino acids 2.7) Configuration of protein molecules 2.8) Degradation of proteins. 2.9) Test of proteins. 2.10) Analysis of proteins. 2.11) Collagen, keratin & Reticulin - properties 2.12) Enzymes in the skin. UNIT – III 3 . PRESERVATION OF HIDES AND SKINS.
General objectives:
1. To understand the various methods of preservation.
Specific objectives:- 1.Explain flaying 2. Study the mechanism of putrefaction. 3. Discuss about various preservation techniques. 4. Describe the defects of hides and skins. 5. Explain classification and grading of hides and skins.
) Flaying Techniques. ) Marketing and collection of Hides and skins. ) Putrefaction mechanism . ) Curing -Theory. ) Effect of Bacteria and Mould growth on Rawhides and skins ) Wet Salting, brining , Dry salting. ) Saltless preservation techniques ) Defects of hides and skins – Ante mortem and post mortem. ) Classification and grading of hides and skins.
UNIT – IV 4. TANNERY OPERATIONS.
General objectives: 1. To understand the sequential operations followed in Tannery.
Specific objectives: 1. Study the sequential operations of tanning. 2. Discuss the unit operations 3. Explain the effects of hard water on tanning
4.1) Tannery operations – classification. 4.2) Unit operations of Leather processing 4.3) Effect of hard water on Tanning process. 4.4) Introduction of different types of leather – uses
UNIT- V 5. CHEMISTRY OF PRE-TANNING PROCESS.
General objectives: 1) To Explain the different unit operation of Pre-tanning and its chemistry is detail
Specific objectives: 1. Study the sequential operations. 2. Explain the chemistry of soaking, liming, deliming, bating, pickling, pickling, degreasing.
5.1) Soaking 5.1.1) Objectives and chemicals used. 5.1.2) Wetting agents- theory. 5.1.3) Effect of temperature , pH. 5.1.4) Surfactants – classification. 5.1.5) Enzymatic soaking. 5.2 Liming 5.2.1) Objectives and chemicals used 5.2.2) Various methods of liming . 5.2.3) Bacterial action on lime liquor 5.2.4) Chemistry operations 5.2.5) Lime yard operations
5.3 Deliming 5.3.1) Objectives – Chemicals used. 5.3.2) Chemistry of Deliming 5.3.3) Drenching –Chemistry. 5.3.4 ) Distinction b/w deliming and drenching. 5.3.5) Completion of deliming . 5.4 Bating 5 .4.1) Objectives 5.4.2 ) Important factors of bating 5.4.3 ) Proteolytic enzymes and chemistry 5.4.4) Acid bate . 5.5 Pickling 5.5.1 ) Acid binding capacity and pH of bath 5.5.2) Effect pH,float ratio and temperature of float. 5.5.3) .Depickling - objectives – study of hypo. 5.6) Degreasing - Objectives and various methods.
Reference Books :- 1) Theory and practice of Leather manufacture –K.T. Sarkar. 2) Principles of leather manufacture- S.S.Dutta.
Scheme of Examination / evaluation
Section – I - 1X10 =10 from any unit
Section – II - 15 x 3 : 45 - Unit I & II.
Section –III - 15 x 3 : 45 - Unit III & IV.
Section – IV - 15 x 3 : 45 - Unit V.
LEATHER BASICS Time : 3 hrs Max.marks: 100
Instructions:
(1) Section (I) is compulsory
(2) Answer any two full questions each from sec II, sec III and sec. IV.
Section – I 1X10=10
1. Fill in the blanks: i) Corium minor is also called as ______ii) ______is the outer layer of hides and skins. iii) The Ph of deliming is ______iv) ______is the main structured protein that make leather. v) The sharpening agent used in liming is ______vi) Enzyme acts as ______- vii) Starting Ph of Cr. Tanning ______viii) Sweat gland is also called as ______ix) Molecular Formula for sulphuric acid ______x) Body covering of smaller animal is called ______
SECTION - II
2) (i) Draw and explain the anatomical structure of hide. (9)
(ii) What is hyaline layer? (3)
(iii) What is elastin? (3)
3 (i) What is Protein? Write down the classification protein is detail (8)
(ii) Write short notes on collagen. (5)
(iii) What are fats? (2)
4 (i) Describe the configuration of proteins molecules. (7)
(ii) Write the chemical constituents of raw hides/skins (4)
(iii) What are amino-acids and mention its properties. (4)
SECTION - III
5 (i) Define flaying. Explain the process of flaying with required tools. (9)
(ii) Write the effects of bacteria on raw hides/skin. (3)
(iii) What is red spot? (3)
6 (i) Explain the defects of hides and skin. (8)
(ii) Write short notes on saltless preservation. (5)
(iii) What is wet salting ? (2)
7. (i) Write the sequential operations involved in Cr – Tanning. (7)
(ii) Mention the different types of 1r. with their uses (4)
(iii) Write the classification of Tannery operations. (4)
SECTION- IV
8 (i) Mention the effect of hard water in tanning operations. (9)
(ii) What are the objectives of soaking. (3)
(iii) What are surfactants? Mention its classification. (3)
9 (i) What are the objectives of liming? Write the chemistry of unhairing in (8) sulphide method.
(ii) Write short notes on limeyard operation (5)
(iii) List out the chemicals used for deliming (2)
10 (i) what is pickling? What are the factors influencing pickling operation? (7)
(ii) Write the objectives of bating.. (4)
(iii) How is degreasing carried out? (4)
------
II- SEMESTER II SEMESTER
CONTENTS
S.No. SUBJECT: SUB. CODE
1. APPLIED MATHMATICS-II
2. MECHANICAL ENGG. SCIENCE
3. APPLIED CHEMISTRY – I
4. TANNING TECHNOLOGY
5. CHEMISTRY LAB.
6. TANNERY PRACTICE –I
7. AUTOCAD LAB
APPLIED CHEMISTRY –I
Sub. Code : Sem : II I. A. Marks : 25 Hrs/ Week : 04 Exam : 100 Total Hours: 64 Hrs : 03
SL. No Topics No of Allotted hrs
Unit – I General Chemistry 12
Unit – II Stoichiometry 14
Unit – III Water and pH concepts 12
Unit - IV Co- ordination Compounds 12
Unit – V Metallurgy 14
General Objectives:- 1) To understand about atom, its structure and various theories. 2) To Obtain the knowledge on periodic Table, its properties and electronic configuration . 3) To study various types of chemical bonding. 4) To understand the concepts of equivalent cut atomic wt, molecular wt and its determination. 5) To get the detailed knowledge on volumetric analysis. 6) To know about oxidation, Reduction and its applications. 7) To understand the sources of water its hardness and different methods of water softening. 8) To study pH concepts. 9) To understand the concepts of complex salts and Werner’s theory of co- ordination. 10) To obtain the knowledge as Sidgwick’s theory and valence Bond theory. 11) To understand the general principles of metallurgy. 12) To study the manufacturing process and uses of Cr, Al, Zr.
Specific objectives:-
UNIT – 1 GENERAL CHEMISTRY 1. Define atom 2. Study the characteristics of proton , electron, neutrons 3. Know various atomic models – Rutherford’s, Bohr’s,Ritz principle 4. Discuss Debroglie’s wave equation & Heisenberg uncertainty Principle. 5. Describe concepts of Quantum energy in detail. 6. Explain periodic table with its merits and demerits. 7. Write electronic configuration for various elements upto atomic no. 36 8. Discuss about various types of bonds and its characteristics.
1.0. General Chemistry (12 hours )
1.1 Atomic structure. 1.1.1) Fundamental particles Electron – protons – neutrons . Characteristics of fundamental Particles Atomic no, Mass no etc.
1.1.2) Rutherford’s atomic model-Bohr’s Theory- Ritz combination principle. 1.1.3) Wave concept of atom- DeBroglie Equation- Heisenberg uncertainty Principle. 1.1.4) Quantum energy. 1.2. Periodic Table. 1.2.1) Modern periodic Law 1.2.2) Study of Periodic Table 1.2.3) Characteristics periods and groups. 1.2.4) Merits and Defects of periodic Table. 1.2.5) Periodic properties –Ionic radius, Atomic radius, Ionization energy, Electron affinity, Electro negativity 1.2.6) Variation of these properties along period and group. 1.2.7) Electronic configuration of elements upto 36. 1.3 Chemical bonding. 1.3.1) Definition 1.3.2.) Electron dot structure. 1.3.3) Types of chemical bonding. 1.3.4) Characteristic features 1.3.5) Comparison b/w different types of bonds
Specific objectives:- UNIT 2 STOICHIOMETRY 1. Define equivalent weight 2. Determine the same by various methods. 3. Define atomic weight. 4. Determine the same by Dulong & Petit’s law. 5. Define Molecular weight. 6. Determination by Victor Meyer’s method. 7.Explain the concepts of empirical formula. 8. Know Avagadro number. 9. Discuss the concepts of volumetric analysis. 10. Explain oxidation and reduction.
2.0. Stoichiometry (14 hours )
2.1 Equivalent weight 2.1.1) Definition. 2.1.2) Determination of equivalent weight- Hydrogen Displacement method- Oxide method – chloride method. 2.2 Atomic weight 2.2.1) Definition. 2.2.2) Determination using Dulong and Petit’s Law. 2.3 Molecular weight 2.2.1) Definition. 2.3.2) Determination of mol. Wt. of volatile liquid by Victor- Meyer’s method. 2.4 Percentage composition and empirical formula. 2.5 Avagadro number and mole concept 2.6. Normality, Molarity, Molarity , molefraction- definition . 2.7 Concepts of Volumetric analysis . 2.8 Oxidation, Reduction. 2.8.1) Definition. 2.8.2) Oxidizing and Reducing agents. 2.8.3) Oxidation number. 2.8.4) Auto –Oxidation 2.8.5) Red ox- reactions and red ox potential. 2.8.6) Determination of electrode potential. 2.9 Simple problems related to all this topics.
Specific objectives:-
UNIT- 3 WATER AND pH CONCEPTS 1. Write the sources of water 2. know the impurities present in water 3. Explain hardness of water 4 Define degree of hardness 5 Discuss the various methods of water softening. 6. Define pH 7. Calculate and determine pH by calourimetric method & pH meter.
3.0) Water and pH concepts ( 12hrs)
3.1) Sources of water. 3.2) Impurities in water. 3.3) Hardness of water . 3.3.1) Definition. 3.3.2) Causes of hardness. 3.3.3) Types 3.3.4) Effect of hardness. 3.3.5) Degree of hardness.
3.4) Methods of water softening. 3.4.1) Heating method. 3.4.2) Hot and cold soda process. 3.4.3) Ion exchange process 3.4.4) Permutit process ( zeolite) 3.4.5) Calgon process 3.4.6) Distillation process
3.5 pH and its concepts.
3.5.1) Definition. 3.5.2) Importance of pH. 3.5.3) pH scale. 3.5.4) Calculations of pH values of acid, base and other solution. 3.5.5) Determination of pH values by colourimetric method and pH meter
Specific objectives:-
UNIT -4 CO- ORDINATION COMPOUNDS
1. Define double salts and complex salts with examples. 2. Explain the different types of complex salts. 3. State and explain werner’s theory of co- ordination. 4. Define various terms like co-ordination sphere, co-ordination number and ligands. 5. State and explain Sidgwick’s theory . 6. Calculate EAN no. for given compound.
4.0- Co-ordination compounds (12hrs)
4.1) Double salts and complex salts. 4.1.1.) Definition 4.1.2) Examples. 4.2) Types of complex salts 4.2.1) Anionic 4.2.2) Cationic 4.2.3) Neutral salts with examples. 4.3) Werner’s Theory of co-ordination. 4.4) Co-ordination no, co-ordination sphere, ligands – Definition 4.5) Sidgwick’s Theory. 4.6) Concepts of EAN (Effective Atromic number) and calculation. 4.7) Valence Bond Theory.
Specific objectives:-
UNIT -5 METTALURGY 1. Discuss the general principles of metallurgy. 2. Write the manufacturing process and uses of Cr, Al, Zr. 3. State the preparation process , properties and uses of sulphuric acid, sodium chloride, sodium hydroxide, sodium sulphide.
5.0) Metallurgy. (14 hrs)
5.1 ) General principles of metallurgy. 5.1.1) Ores, Dressing 5.1.2) Extraction 5.1.3) Purification of metals
5.2) Manufacturing process and uses of Cr, A1, Zr. 5.3) Preparation –Properties– uses of 5.3.1) Sulphuric acid 5.3.2) Sodium chloride 5.3.3) Sodium Hydroxide 5.3.4) Sodium sulphide
Reference Books:-
1) Principals of Inorganic chemistry – B.R.Puri, L.K.Sharma 2) A Text Book of chemistry (Vol – I & II) - Prof.S.Desikachar
Scheme of Examination / Evaluation Section I 1-a) 1 marks - 10 Q ; 1X10= 10
Section – II,III, IV.
Unit –I - 30 marks (15+15)-2Q Unit –II - 30 marks (15+15)-2Q Unit – III – 20 marks (15+5) - 1Q Unit - IV – 30 marks (15+10) – 2Q Unit – V - 30 Marks (15+15) – 2Q
Unit Hrs Section Marks Remarks alloted I-A
1. 12 10Q 30(15+15) From any unit 2. 14 30(15+15)
3. 12 20 (15+5)
4 12 25 (15+10)
5.. 14 30(15+15)
Note : 1) For 15 marks –It should contain min 2Q,max 4Q. 2) Splitting of marks – min.. 2 marks if max Of marks. Mark allocation be . So that 2Q 7+8 3Q 5+5+5 7+3+5 6+4+5 8+2+5 7+4+4 4Q 3+3+6 3+3+4+5 2+3+5+5
Applied Chemistry – I
Time : 3 hrs} Max. Marks : 100
Instructions:
(i) Section I is compulsory
(ii) Answer any two full questions each from Sec – II, III, IV.
Section – I i) Fill in the blanks: 10x1=10
1) Electronic configuration of Cr is ______
2) Ionic bonds are ______
3) In periodic table arrangement of elements are based on ______
4) Atomic Wt. = ______
5) Color of methyl orange in acid medium ______
6) Formula for calgon ______
7) Temporary hardness is due to the presence of ______
8) Neutral pH______
9) ______is the ore of Cr.
10) The co-ordination number in potassium ferrocyanide ______
Section - II
2 (i) Derive Debroglie’s wave equation. (5)
(ii) State and explain Heisenberg’s uncertainity principle (5)
(ii) What are the factors favouring formation of ionic compounds. (5)
3 (i) Explain Shrodingers wave equation and mention the significance (7) of wave function.
(ii) Mention the limitations of Bohr’s theory (4)
(iii) Differentiate between Sigma and Pi bond. (4)
4 (i) How is molecules wt. of volatile liquid determine by Victor meyer method? (8)
(ii) State Dulong and petit’s law. (2)
(iii) What is Mohrs salt? Calculate (i) Percentage of FeO. (ii) Percentage of water of hydration in Mohr’s salt (5)
Section - III
5 (i) How is equivalent wt. determined by Hydrogen displacement method. (7)
(ii) Explain the determination of redox potential? (5)
(iii) What is auto-oxidation ? (3)
6 (i) Explain the zeolite method of water softening. (5)
(ii) Mention the different sources of water . (5)
(iii) Determine ph by calorimetic method. (5)
7 (i) Mention the impurities present in water (2)
(ii) Define hardness. Mention its classification. (3)
(iii) Explain werner’s coordination theory. (5)
(iv) What are the applications of electronic theory of valency ? (5)
Section – IV
8 (i) What are double salts. Mention two examples. (3)
(ii) Define co-ordination compounds with two examples. (3)
(iii) Define effective atomic number? and calculate the same for Iron in potassium ferrocyanide (4)
(iv) Write short notes on valence bond theory. (5)
9 (i) Mention the different ores of aluminium and explain the process of extraction of Al. from bauxite by bayer’s process. (7)
(ii) List out the uses of alum. (4)
(iii) What are the general principles of metallurgy ? (4)
10 (i) Explain the electrolytic method of manufacturing process of NaOH (7)
(ii) Write down the chemical properties of sodium Carbonate (5)
(iii) What are the uses of Sodium sulphide? (3)
------
TANNING TECHNOLOGY Sub .code;
Sem.II I A marks: 25
Hrs / Week: 4 Exam :100
Total hour: 64 hrs: 03
S. no. Topics No. of hrs
Unit – I Vegetable Tanning 14
Unit – II Chrome Tanning 14
Unit – III Other Mineral Tannages ( Aluminium & Zirconium 12 Tanning)
Unit – IV Phosphates and Silicates 12 Tanning
Unit – V Aldehyde and Oil Tanning 12
TANNING TECHNOLOGY
UNIT – I 1.VEGETABLE TANNING
General Objectives 1 To study various types and chemical classification of veg Tannin materials 2. To understand the theory and mechanism of veg tanning
Specific Objectives :
1.) Veg. Tannins 1.1.1.) Introduction 1.1.2) Classification 1.1.3) Tannins and Non-Tannins 1.2) Astringency 1.2.1) Definition 1.2.2) Factors determining astringency 1.2.3) Barkometer 1.3) Chemistry of veg. Tannins 1.3.1) Pyrogallol and catechol- definition with ex 1.3.2) Differentiation between them. 1.3.3) Chemistry of Pyrogollol, catechol tannins 1.4) Factors affecting Veg. tanning Acid salt ratio, tan/ non tan ratio, Acidity,pH, degree of dispersion, particle size, Temperature, concentration. Rate of penetration- Degree of tanning . 1.5) General principles of veg tanning 1.6) Theory of veg tanning 1.6.1) Knapp’s surface covering theory 1.6.2) Hydrogen Bonding theory 1.6.3) Electro neutralization theory 1.7 ) Veg tan extract manufacture
UNIT II 2. CHROME TANNING
General objectives:- 1) To study the process of Cr. Tanning. 2.) To understand the production of making wet blue.
Specific objectives:
5. 1) Introduction to Cr Tanning 5.2 ) Basicity 5.3 ) Chemistry of chrome salts 5.3.1 ) Werner’s theory of co ordination complex of Cr compounds 5.3.2) Anionic , cationic , neutral cr complex 5.4 Olation ,oxalation, polymerisation 5.5 Golden rules of chrome tanning 5.6 Single and double bath process of chrome tanning 5.7 Self basified Cr liquor 5.7 Chemical controls in tanning 5.8 Masking 5.8.1) Definition 5.8.2) masking salts 5.8.3) properties 5.9 Theories of Cr. tanning.
UNIT – III 3. OTHER MINERAL TANNAGES ( ALUMINIUM & ZIRCONIUM TANNING )
General objectives:- 1. To understand the concepts of making wet white .
Specific objectives:-
3.1 Alum tannage 3.1.1 Basic aluminium compounds & alum tawing 3.1.2 Preparation of B.A.S 3.1.3 Role of organic and inorganic salts in alum tanning 3.1.4 Theory and practice of alum tannage.
3.2 Zirconium Tannage 3.2.1 Chemistry of Zr. Salts 3.2.2 Effect of concentration, Basicity , pH, Different acid radicals. 3.2.3 Theory and practice of Zr. Tannage . 3.2.4 Comparision of Al, Zr, Tanned leather with Cr tanning.
UNIT IV 4. PHOSPHATES AND SILICATES TANNING
General Objectives:- 1. To understand the chemistry and process of tanning with phosphates and silicates.
Specific Objectives:
Phosphates 4.1.1. Introduction to phosphates – Polyphosphates. 4.1.2. General Chemistry and uses of phosphates 4.1.3. Mechanism of phosphate tanning
Silicates Introduction of silicates- polysilicates. Chemistry and properties of silicates Mechanism of silicate tanning
UNIT – V 5. ALDEHYDE AND OIL TANNING
General objectives 1. To study and understand aldehyde tanning process 2. To understand the concepts of oil tanning
Specific objectives
3.1 Aldehyde tanning 3.1.1 Tanning power of various aldehydes 3.1.2 Properties of formaldehyde 3.1.3 Mechanism of formaldehyde tanning 3.1.4 Glutaraldehyde and Dialdehyde tannage 3.1.5 Useful hints on aldehyde tanning 3.1.6 Quinone tannage 3.2 Oils fats, phosphatides 3.2.1. Saturated and unsaturated oils and fats 3.2.2 Selection of fish oil for tanning 3.2.3 Properties and uses of chamois leather 3.2.4. Methods of oil tanning 3.2.5 Theory of oil tanning Aldehyde theory,combination theory,Adsorption theory 3.2.6. Immergan and sulphonyl chloride tanning
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Theory and practice of Leather manufacture –K.T. Sarkar. 2. Principles of leather manufacture- S.S.Dutta.
Scheme of Examination / Evaluation Section I 1-a) 1 marks - 10 Q ; 1X10= 10
Section – II,III, IV.
Unit –I - 30 marks (15+15)-2Q Unit –II - 30 marks (15+15)-2Q Unit – III – 20 marks (15+5) - 1Q Unit - IV – 30 marks (15+10) – 2Q Unit – V - 30 Marks (15+15) – 2Q
Unit Hrs Section Marks Remarks alloted I-A
1. 12 10Q 30(15+15) From any unit 2. 14 30(15+15)
3. 12 20 (15+5)
4 12 25 (15+10)
5.. 14 30(15+15)
Note : 3) For 15 marks –It should contain min 2Q, max 4Q. 4) Splitting of marks – min.. 2 marks if max Of marks. Mark allocation be . So that 2Q 7+8 3Q 5+5+5 7+3+5 6+4+5 8+2+5 7+4+4 4Q 3+3+6 3+3+4+5 2+3+5+5
TANNING TECHNOLOGY Time : 3 hrs Max. marks :100
Instructions: (1) Section- I is compulsory. (2) Answer any two full question from each Section – II, III, IV
SECTION – I
1. Fill in the blanks: 1X10==10
(i) Starting ph of veg. tanning is ______
(ii) Classification of veg. tanning is ______& ______.
(iii) Oil tanned Leather has ______water absorbing capacity.
(iv) Ts of aldehyde tanned Leather. ______.
(v) ______& ______are used in aldehyde tanning.
(vi) Iodine value of drying oil is ______
(vii) ______& ______are used as chemicals in basification.
(viii) Naphthalene syntans are used for ______
(ix) Pickling ph of pelts ______
(x) Formula for gallic acid ______
SECTION – II
2 (i) Differentiate between pyrogallol and catechol tannins (9) (ii) What is astringency ? (3) (iii) Draw the structure of ellagic acid. (3)
3 (i) Explain the chemistry of hydrolysahle tannins? (8) (ii) Write short notes on leaching (5) (iii) Define Non-Tannins (2)
4 (i) Explain the mechanism of silicate tanning . (7) (ii) What are the uses of phosphates ? (4) (iii) Write the properties of silicates. (4)
SECTION – III
5. (i) Briefly explain the role of organic salts in alum tanning (9) (ii) What are replacement syntans? (3) (iii) Draw the flow diagram for naphthalene syntans (3)
6 (i) Explain the mechanism of formaldehyde tannage (8) (ii) Write the properties of glutaraldehyde tannage (5) (iii) Name the different tanning materials used in aldehyde tannage (2)
7 (i)Explain the chemistry of Zr tanning. (7) (ii) What are the properties and uses of oil tan Leather? (4) (iii) What is Degras? How it is obtained ? (4)
SECTION - IV
8 (i) Explain briefly on selection of oil for tanning. (8) (ii) What is Immergan? Explain. (5) (iii) Give one example and formula each for saturated and (2) unsaturated fatty acids.
9 (i) Explain double both process of Cr. Tanning. (9) (ii) What is olation? (3) (iii) Define werners co-ordination theory. (3)
10 (i) Write the manufacturing process of wet blue. (7) (ii) Write short notes on masking. (4) (iii) Mention the golden rules of Cr. Tanning (4)
------
CHEMISTRY LAB
Sub code: IA Marks: 25 Semester : II Exam : 100 Hrs/week: 6 Duration: 3 hrs Total hrs : 96
QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS:
I. Volumetric Analysis.
1. Single titration with preparations of standard solutions.
1) Preparation of Std. oxalic acid and estimation of sodium hydroxide Using phenolphthalein indicator.
2) Preparation of std. Mohr’s salt solution and estimation of given potassium dichromate solution using Diphenyl amine indicator.
3) Preparation of sodium carbonate solution and estimation of hydrochloric acid using methyl orange indicator.
5) Estimation of sodium hydroxide std. HCL.
6) Preparation of std. EDTA and estimation of hardness of water using Erio chrome black T. indicator
2. Estimation of link solutions:
1) Estimation of oxalic acid using KMno4 and std. Mohr’s salts solution 2) Estimation of HCL using sodium carbonate and sodium hydroxide 3) Estimation of FAS using KMn04 and std oxalic acid solution.
3. Instrumental methods:
1) Determination of pH for given solution by pH meter and by calourimetric method.
QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS: ( systematic semi-micro inorganic salt analysis)
II Salt Analysis :
1. Acid Radicals:
1) Carbonate 2) Bicarbonate. 3) Sulphate 4) chloride 5) Nitrate.
2. Basic Radicals:
1) lead 2) ferrous iron 3) ferric iron 4) zinc 5) calcium 6) barium 7) magnesium 8) sodium 9) potassium 10) ammonium
TANNERY PRACTICE - I Sem-2 I A 25 marks Hrs/week: 06 Exam: 100 Total hours : 96 Hrs : 06 hrs
1. Visual observation of various Hides and Skins 06
2 Identification of various Hides and skins 06
3 Assessment of Raw material 06
4 Beam house operations (Pre – tanning operations ) 21
5 Introduction to tannery machines 09
6 Manufacturing process of Wet blue. 21
7 Manufacturing process of E.I tanned leather 21
8. Safety and precautionary measures practiced in tannery 06
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
1. Two questions on processing . 2. Each question carries 40 marks .
SCHEME OF EVALUATION:
1. Index including Title, Raw material and other specifications 10 2. Sequential operations 10 3. Process Details 20
For 2 questions : 2X40 = 80
4. Record 10 5. Viva 10
Department of Technical Education Diploma Course in Leather Technology Second Semester Subject: ME AutoCAD Lab (Mech)
Contact Hrs / Contact Hrs / Week: 6 Semester: 96
Details of Contents
1 Introduction 3 2 Getting Started 3 3 Drawing Objects 15 4 Object Selection and Drawing Aids 6 5 Controlling Drawing Display 3 6 Creating Text 6 7 Editing Objects/Entities 9 8 Dimensioning 9 9 Hatching 3 10 Blocks 3 11 Isometric Drawing 18 12 Printing/Plotting of a Drawing 6 13 Introduction to 3D-Modelling 6
Tests 6
96
Note: Please refer the following text books for selecting the exercises to be Practised by using CAD software only 1) Machine Drawing by K.R.GopalaKrishna 2) Machine Drawing by N.D.Bhatt. Also 3D exercises to be practised
Department of Technical Education Diploma Course in Leather Technology Second Semester Subject: ME AutoCAD Lab (Mech)
Conta Contact Hrs / Week: 6 96
General Educational Objectives: 1 Understanding the role of Computers in Machine Drawing 2 Interacting with CAD 3 Learning to draw Entities 4 Using the means of Drawing Enhancement 5 Focusing the viewing techniques 6 Dealing with text 7 Minding about Modifying 8 Demystifying the Dimensioning 9 Deciding to Hatch 10 Building the Blocks 11 Representing the Objects in Isometric way 12 Realising the Paper space for printing 13 Stepping into 3D world
Specific Instructional Objectives: 1 Introduction 1.1 Introduction to Computers 1.2 Introduction to operating system 1.3 System requirements for AutoCAD
2 Getting Started 2.1 Starting AutoCAD 2.2 Starting New Drawing 2.3 Understanding the Interface 2.4 Co-ordinate system 2.5 Set-up for a drawing 2.6 Saving the drawing 2.7 Quitting AutoCAD
3 Drawing Objects 3.1 points 3.2 Lines 3.3 Arcs 3.4 Circles 3.5 Regular Polygons 3.6 Rectangles 3.7 Polylines 3.8 Doughnuts 3.9 Traces 3.10 Simple exercises involving the combination of above sketches
4 Object Selection and Drawing Aids 4.1 Units 4.2 Limits 4.3 Grid 4.4 Snap 4.5 O snap 4.6 Functional Keys 4.7 Layers
5 Controlling Drawing Display 5.1 Redraw 5.2 Regeneration 5.3 Zoom 5.4 Pan 5.5 View
6 Creating Text 6.1 Text 6.2 Dtext 6.3 Mtext 6.4 Style 6.5 Editing Mtext 6.6 Simple exercises involving the combination of above commands
7 Editing Objects/Entities 7.1 Removing 7.2 Displacing 7.3 Duplicating 7.4 Orientation 7.5 Controlling Sizes 7.6 Changing Sizes along one direction 7.7 Filleting and Chamfering 7.8 Simple exercises involving the above commands
8 Dimensioning 8.1 Basic dimensioning terminology 8.2 Linear dimensioning 8.3 Aligned dimensioning 8.4 Rotated dimensioning 8.5 Baseline dimensioning 8.6 Ordinate dimensioning 8.7 Leader 8.8 Geometric tolerancing 8.9 Indicating Surface finishing symbols 8.10 Simple exercises involving the above dimensioning methods
9 Hatching 9.1 Drawing Hatch 9.2 Associative Hatch 9.3 Editing Hatch 9.4 Simple exercises on the above commands
10 Blocks 10.1 Concept 10.2 Creation 10.3 Insertion 10.4 Editing 10.5 Renaming 10.6 Deleting 10.7 Attributes
11 Isometric Drawing 11.1 Concept 11.2 Creating Isometric drawings of Mechanical Parts
12 Printing/Plotting of a Drawing
13 Introduction to 3D-Modelling 13.1 Types 13.2 Techniques 13.3 Co-ordinate System 13.4 UCS
Department of Technical Education Diploma Course in Leather Technology Second Semester Subject: ME AutoCAD Lab (Mech)
Max. Marks: 100
Scheme of Examination:
1 Drawing exercise may be any one from the following 2D Sketch of a Mechanical Part 30 Isometric Drawing of a Mechanical Part 45 2 Printing the Drawing/Model views 10
3 Viva 15
Total 100
Scheme of Evaluation
1 2D sketch may be evaluated as follows Autocad a) Sketch 20 Dimensioning of the b) Sketch 10
Isometric Drawing may be evaluated as follows Isometric a) view/projection 25 obtaining different b) views 10 dimensioning of the c) view 10
2 Printing both the drawings 5+5
3 Viva voce 15
Total 100
BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION – KARNATAKA SUBJECT: APPLIED MATHEMATICS – I For I- semester DIPLOMA COURSES OF ALL BRANCHES Contact hour per week: 04 Contact hour per Semester: 64
UNIT NO. CHAPTER TITLE CONTACT HR. ALGEBRA 1 DETERMINANTS 2 2 MATRICES 4 3 BINOMIAL THEOREM 3 4 LOGARITHMS 2 5 VECTOR ALGEBRA 6 TRIGONOMETRY 6 UNITS AND MEASUREMENT OF AN ANGLE 3 7 TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF ACUTE 6 ANGLE AND STANDARD ANGLES 8 TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF ALLIED 4 ANGLES 9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES 2 10 COMPOUND ANGLES 4 11 MULTIPLE AND SUB MULTIPLE ANGLE 2 12 TRANSFORMATION FORMULAE 4 13 PROPERTIES AND SOLUTIONS OF 4 TRIANGLES 14 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS 2 ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY 15 BASIC CONCEPTS OF ANALYTICAL 6 GEOMETRY 16 STRAIGHT LINES 6 17 TESTS AND ASSIGNMENTS 4 TOTAL HOUR 64
REFFERENCE BOOKS: 1.Applied Mathematics -I By W.R Neelakanta Sapna Publications. 2. Applied Mathematics -I By Dr. D S Prakash S Chand Publications 3. Text book of mathematics for P U C
QUESTION PAPER BLUE PRINT FOR APPLIED MATHEMATICS – I
Questions Questions Questions Questions to be set to be set to be set to be set (2 Marks) (5 Marks) (5 Marks) (5 Marks) HOUR
UNIT NO. PART- A PART- B PART- C PART- D 1 2 1 1 - - 2 4 1 2 - - 3 3 1 1 - - 4 2 - 1 - - 5 6 2 3 - - 6 3 - - 1 - 7 6 1 - 2 - 8 4 1 - 2 - 9 2 - - 1 - 10 4 1 - 1 - 11 2 1 - 1 - 12 4 1 - 1 - 13 4 1 - 2 - 14 2 1 - 1 - 15 6 1 - - 2 16 6 2 - - 2 TOT 64 15 8 12 04 AL Questions to 10 5 8 3 be answered
APPLIED – MATHEMATICS – I Marks No. of Questions No. of Questions to be set to be Answered
Part A 2 X 10 = 20 15 10 Part B 5 X 05 = 25 08 05 Part C 5 X 08 = 40 12 08 Part D 5 X 03 = 15 04 03
Total = 100
CONTENTS OF APPLIED MATHEMATICS – I
ALGEBRA
UNIT – 1: DETERMINANTS. 2 Hr.
Definition, Order, Expansion of 2nd & 3rd order Determinants by means of examples. Problems on finding unknown quantity in a 2nd & 3rd determinant using using expansion. Solving simultaneous linear equations by determinant method ( Cramer’s rule). Problems.
UNIT – 2: MATRICES. 4 Hr.
Determinant value of a square matrix. Singular and non singular matrices with examples. Minor and co factor of an element of a matrix. Adjoint of a matrix. Problems. Characteristics equations of a square matrix and its roots. Problems. Cayley – Hamilton’s theorem (statement only). Problems. Find inverse of a matrix using the theorem.
UNIT – 3: BINOMIAL THEOREM. 3 Hr.
Meaning of nCr and its value. Binomial theorem for (x + a) n, where n ia a positive integer. Expansion. Finding constant term, co-efficient of xn , particular term and middle term(s). Problems.
UNIT – 4: LOGARITHEMS. 2 Hr.
Defination of common and natural logarithems. Laws of logarithems. Problems on laws.
UNIT – 5: VECTOR ALGEBRA. 6 Hr.
Defination of vector. Representation of a vector as a directed line segment. Magnitude of a vector. Types of vectors. Position vector. Vector can be expressed in terms of end points of position vector. Addition and subtraction of vector in terms of line segment. Vector in a plane and vector in a space in terms of unit vector i, j and k respectively. Product of vectors. Scalar and vector product. Geometrical meaning of scalar and vector product. Applications of dot(scalar) and cross(vector) product: Projection of a vector on another vector. Area of parallelogram and area of triangle. Work done by a force and moment of force
TRIGONOMETRY
UNIT – 6: UNITS AND MEASUREMENT OF AN ANGLE 3 Hr
Defination of an angle. Systems of unit of an angle. Defination of radian. Radian is a constant angle. Relation between degree & radian and problems. Derivation of l = rθ & A = ½ r2θ. Problems.
UNIT –7: TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF AN ACUTE ANGLE. 6 Hr
Defination of Trigonometric ratios in terms of sides of a triangle for an acute angle. Proof of Trigonometric identities. Trigonometric ratios of standard angles: The numerical value of trigonometric ratios of standard angles like 00, 300, 450, 600 and 900. Problems.
UNIT – 8: ALLIED ANGLES. 4 Hr.
Angle of any magnitude, sign of the trigonometric ratios. Meaning of allied angles. Trigonometric ratios of allied angles in terms of θ. Problems. Complimentary angles and relation between trigonometric ratios of complimentary angles. Problems.
UNIT – 9: HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES. 2 Hr.
Defination of angle of elevation and depression. Problems.
UNIT -10: COMPOUND ANGLES. 3 Hr.
Geometrical proof of Sin( A + B) and Cos(A + B). Find Tan( A + B) using Sin( A + B) and Cos(A + B). Write the formulae for Sin( A - B), Cos(A - B) and tan( A - B). Problems.
UNIT -11: MULTIPLE ANGLES. 3 Hr.
Derive ratios of multiple angles of 2A and 3A. Problems. Obtain sub multiple angle formulae. Problems.
UNIT-12: TRANSFORMATION FORMULAE. 4 Hr.
Express sum or difference of Sine and Cosine of an angles in to product form. Express product of Sine and Cosine of angles in to sum or difference form. Problems.
UNIT-13: PROPERTIES AND SOLUTION OF TRIANGLES. 4 Hr.
The relation between sides of a triangle and Sines, Cosines and Tangents of any angle(Sine rule, Cosine rule and Tangent rule), Projection rule. Half angle formulae in terms of sides of a triangle. Problems. Problems on solution of triangles (four types).
UNIT- 14: INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS. 2 Hr.
Defination. Principle values of inverse trigonometric functions. Derivation of results like sin-1x + cos-1x =Л/2 =tan-1x + cot-1x = cosec-1x + sec-1x, tan-1x + tan-1y = tan-1 Problems.
ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY
UNIT-15: BASIC CONCEPTS OF ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY. 6 Hr.
Defination of a point in a plane, Specification of a point using co-ordinate system. Points on X-axis and Y-axis. Derivation of distance formula. Problems. Section formulae. Derivation of co-ordinate of a point which divide the line internally in the given ratio( No derivation for external division). Mid point formula. Problems. Centroid, area of a triangle and collinear points. Problems. Locus of a point with respect to a fixed point and with respect to two fixed points and its equations. Problems.
UNIT-16: STRAIGHT LINES. 6 Hr.
Inclination of a line with horizontal line and its slope. Intercept of a straight line. Slope of a line parallel to X-axis and Y-axis. Derivation of conditions for two lines to be parallel and perpendicular. Problems. Derivations equations of straight lines y = mx + c, y – y1 = m (x – x1 ), y – y1 = (y2 – y1 / x2 – x1 ) (x – x1 ), (x / a ) + (y / b) = 1 and x cosα + y sinα = P. General equation of a line ax +by + c = 0 and problems. Equation of lines through a point and parallel or perpendicular to a given line. Problems. Angle between two lines. Problems. Point of intersection of lines. Equation of a line through the point of intersection which is parallel or perpendicular to the given line. Problems.
*******************
GENERAL AND SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES ALGEBRA
UNIT – 1: DETERMINANTS. 2 Hr
GENERAL OBJECTIVES.
1.1 To understand meaning of determinants and evaluation of 2nd & 3rd order determinants. 1.2 To understand the solution of linear equations by Cramer’s rule.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.
1.1.1 Definition of Determinant by means of Algebraic Expression and order in terms of Rows and Columns. 1.1.2 Evaluate Determinants of 2nd & 3rd order --- Problems. 1.1.3 Solve the problems to find unknown quantity in a determinant. 1.2.1 Solve the linear equations of 2 nd or 3 rd unknowns using determinants. Problems
UNIT – 2: MATRICES. 4 Hr
GENERAL OBJECTIVES.
2.1 To understand Minors and co-cofactors, adjoint and inverse of a matrix. 2.2 To know the characteristic equation for 2 x 2 matrix.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.
2.1.1 Define singular and non singular square matrix. 2.1.2 Find the minors and cofactors of each elements of matrix 2.1.3 Define adjoint of a square matrix.--- Problems. 2.1.4 Define inverse of a square matrix --- Problems. 2.2.1 Explain characteristic equation of a 2 x 2 matrix and its roots --- Problems. 2.2.2 State Cayley – Hamilton’s theorem for 2nd order (Statement only) --- Problems. 2.2.3 Apply it to find inverse of the matrix --- Problems.
UNIT – 3: BINOMIAL THEOREM. 3 Hr
GENERAL OBJECTIVES.
n n n n n 3.1 To recognise the meaning of Cr & to compute the values C0, Cn, C1, C2….. Cr n n 3.2 To prove Cr = Cn-r by demonstration. 3.3 To know the statement of (x+a)n for positive integral Index n.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.
n n 3.1.1 Meaning of C r and value of Cr . n n 3.2.1 Use of Cr in the expansion (x + a) , where n is positive integer. 3.3.1 Expansion of (x + a)n , where n is positive integer. (only statement). 3.3.2 Solve the problems of the following types (a) expansion of type (2x +y)6 , (√3 +2)4, (x2 – 1/√x )8 (b) To simplify (√2 +1)5 + (√2 -1)5 (c) To find middle term(s) (d). To find the coefficient of xn and constant terms in (x+a)n
UNIT – 4: LOGARITHMS 2 Hr
GENERAL OBJECTIVES.
4.1 To understand logarithm, common logarithm and natural logarithm. 4.2 To comprehend laws of logarithem.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.
4.1.1 Define logarithm,common logarithm and natural logarithm. 4.2.1 Derive the laws of logarithm (a) loga mn = loga m + loga n (b) loga m/n = loga m - loga n k (c) loga x = k loga x (d) loga b = logc b / logc a (CHANGE OF BASE) 4.2.2 Solve problems on laws of logarithms
UNIT – 5: VECTOR ALGEBRA 6 Hr
GENERAL OBJECTIVES.
5.1 To understand vectors. 5.2 To understand vector operations.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.
5.1.1 Define a vector and represent a vector geometrically. 5.1.2 Name a directed line segment as a vector. 5.1.3 Write different types of vectors. 5.1.4 Write addition and subtraction of vectors in terms of the segment. 5.1.5 Explain the position vector of a point with reference to a point. 5.1.6 Write the conclusion of difference of two vectors with same initial point as position vector of a point. 5.1.7 Define vector in a plane and vector in a space in terms of unit vectors i, j and k respectively. 5.2.1 Write types of vector product (a)Scalar product (b)Vector product 5.2.2 Define scalar product and vector product. 5.2.3 Interpret product of vectors geometrically. 5.2.4 Design the product of vectors to find angle between them and unit vector 5.2.5 Apply product of vectors to find ( i.) projection of a vector on another vector (ii) Area of triangle and parallelogram (iii) work done by a Force (application of scalar product) (iv) moment of a force (application of vector product)
TRIGONOMETRY
UNIT – 6: UNIT AND MEASUREMENT OF ANGLE 3 Hr
GENERAL OBJECTIVES.
6.1 To understand the concept of angle, unit and its measurement.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.
6.1.1 Define an angle. 6.1.2 Define a right angle in different systems. 6.1.3 Define radian. 6.1.4 Obtain relations between radian and degree. 6.1.5 Solve problems. 6.1.6 Prove the radian as a constant angle. 6.1.7 Derive l = rө 6.1.8 Derive area of sector = (r2ө ) /2. 6.1.9 Solve related problems.
UNIT – 7: TRIGNOMETRIC RATIOS 4 Hr
GENERAL OBJECTIVES.
7.1 To understand trigonometric ratios. 7.2 To comprehend trigonometric ratios of standard angles.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.
7.1.1 Define trigonometric ratios for an acute angle. 7.1.2 Derive important formulae (identities) 7.1.3 Solve problems using identities. 7.1.4 Obtain trigonometric ratios of standard angles 0°, 30° , 45° , 60°,90° 7.1.5 Solve problems using standard values.
UNIT – 8: ALLIED ANGLES 4 Hr
GENERAL OBJECTIVES.
8.1 To understand allied angles of the type ( nπ/2 ± ө).
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.
8.1.1 Define positive and negative angles. 8.1.2 Give examples to differentiate positive and negative angles. 8.1.3 Explain trigonometric ratios in different quadrants and assign signs. 8.1.4 Define allied angles in different quadrants. 8.1.5 Write formulae of 90± Ө, 180± Ө, 270± Ө, 360± Ө and (-Ө) 8.1.6 Solve problems on allied angles.
UNIT - 9: HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES 2 Hr
GENERAL OBJECTIVES.
9.1 To understand the measurement of Heights and Distances using trigonometry.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.
9.1.1 Define angle of elevation and angle of depression. 9.1.2 Define the “Height” and “Distance” 9.1.3 Solve problems on height and distance.
UNIT – 10: COMPOUND ANGLES 3 Hr
GENERAL OBJECTIVES.
10.1 To understand compound angles.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.
10.1.1 Define a compound angle. 10.1.2 Give examples for compound angles. 10.1.3 Derive the formula of sin(A+B) and cos(A+B) geometrically. 10.1.4 Obtain tan(A+B) interms of tanA and tanB using sin(A+B) and cos(A+B). 10.1.5 Obtain formula for sin(A-B) ,cos(A-B) and tan(A-B). 10.1.6 Solve the problems on compound angles.
UNIT – 11: MULTIPLE AND SUBMULTIPLE ANGLES. 3 Hr
GENERAL OBJECTIVES.
11.1 To understand multiple and sub multiple angles.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.
11.1.1 Define multiple and submultiple angle with example. 11.1.2 Derive the formulae for trigonometric ratios of 2A and 3A using compound angle formulae. 11.1.3 Deduce half angle formulae from the ratio of 2A formulae. 11.1.4 Solve problems.
UNIT – 12: TRANSFORMATION FORMULAE 4 Hr
GENERAL OBJECTIVES.
12.1 To understand transformation formulae.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.
12.1.1 Obtain expressions for sinC ± sinD and cosC ± cosD interms of Product of trigonometric ratios. 12.1.2 Derive expressions for sinAcosB, cosAsinB, cosAcosB and sinAsinB interms of the sum and difference of trigonometric ratios. 12.1.3 Solve problems.
UNIT – 13: PROPERTIES AND SOLUTIONS OF TRIANGLES 4Hr
GENERAL OBJECTIVES.
13.1 To understand the properties of triangles in order to solve them.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.
13.1.1 Obtain sine rule ,cosine rule and tangent rule for any angle of a triangle. 13.1.2 Write half angle formulae interms of sides of a triangle (no proof). 13.1.3 Solve simple problems on above rules. 13.1.4 Find the solution of a a triangle in the following cases when (i) all sides are given (ii)two sides and included angle is given (iii) two angles and one side is given.(iv)two sides and non included angle is given.
UNIT – 14: INVERSE TRIGNOMETRIC FUNCTIONS. 2 Hr
GENERAL OBJECTIVES.
14.1 To understand inverse trigonometric functions.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.
14.1.1 Define inverse trigonometric function. 14.1.2 Write principal values of trigonometric functions. 14.1.3 Prove standard results like 1. sinˉ1 x + cos– 1 x = tan–1x + cot–1x = cosec–1x + sec–1x = π/2,
-1 -1 -1 x ± y 2. tan x ± tan y = tan 1 xy 14.1.4 Solve the problems on inverse functions.
ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY
UNIT – 15: BASIC CONCEPTS OF POINT AND LOCUS 6 Hr
GENERAL OBJECTIVES.
15.1 To understand the basic concepts of point and locus.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.
15.1.1 Define coordinates in two dimensional space. 15.1.2 Define a point in terms of coordinates. 15.1.3 Obtain equation for the distance between two points in terms of co ordinates. 15.1.4 Solve problems on above formula. 15.1.5 Explain the section of a straight line. 15.1.6 Derive section formula for internal division. 15.1.7 Write section formula for external division. 15.1.8 Write formula for mid point of a line. 15.1.9 Solve problems on internal and external division. 15.1.10 Define locus of a point. 15.1.11 Solve problems on locus of a point.
UNIT – 16: STRAIGHT LINES 6 Hr
GENERAL OBJECTIVES.
16.1 To understand straight lines.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.
16.1.1 Define angle of inclination. 16.1.2 Define slope of a straight line. 16.1.3 Define x and y intercepts for straight line.
m2 − m1 16.1.4 Write tanθ = 1+ m2 m1
m2 − m1 16.1.5 Write angle between two straight lines in terms of tanθ = 1+ m2 m1 16.1.6 Write the conditions for two lines to be parallel and to be perpendicular to each other. 16.1.7 Solve problems. 16.1.8 Derive the slope-intercept form of an equation of a straight line y = mx + c
16.1.9 Obtain the point – slope form equation to the straight line y − y1 = m(x − x1 )
y2 − y1 16.1.10 Obtain two point form of the equation to a straight line y − y1 = (x − x1 ) x2 − x1 x y 16.1.11 Obtain intercepts form of the equation to a straight line, + = 1 a b 16.1.12 Derive the normal form of equation to a straight line,xcos α + ysin α = p 16.1.13 Write the general form of equation to a straight line, ax +by+c=0 16.1.14 Solve problems on different forms of equation. 16.1.15 Solve problems to find an equation of a straight line passing through the given point and parallel to the given line. 16.1.16 Solve problems to find an equation of a straight line passing through the given point and perpendicular to the given line. 16.1.17 Solve problems to find an equation of straight line passing through the intersection of given lines. 16.1.18 Obtain the condition for the intersection of three lines express in general in the determinant form. 16.1.19 Solve the problems on the above condition.
REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. First and Second PUC mathematics Text Books of different authors. 2. Text Book of mathematics –I for polytechnic-by different authors 3. Text Book of mathematics-II for polytechnic- by different authors
******************************************************* BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION – KARANATAKA
MODEL QUESTION PAPER Code:
APPLED MATHEMATICS –I ( FOR ALL COURSES) Time: 3 Hrs Max.m marks:100
NOTE: i) Answer any 10 questions in section A, 5 questions in section B 8 questions in section C, & 3 questions in D ii) Each question carries 2 marks in section A ii) Each question carries 5 marks in remaining section
SECTION – A 123 1. Find x if 45x = 0 789
12− 2. If A = , Find A. adj(A) 35
8 th 3 3. Find the 5 term in x + x 4. If a = 2i + 3 j – 2 k and b = i + 2k, find a. b 5. If p = i + J -2k, Find unit vector in the direction of p
6. If sinθ + cosecθ = ½ , find sin2θ + cosec2θ
7. If sec θ = cosec3θ, find θ.
8. Find the value of tan15° without using table or calculator.
θ sinθ 9. Show that tan = 2 1+ cosθ
cos17°− sin17 ° 10. Show that =tan 28 ° cos17°+ sin17 °
A( sbsc−− )( ) 11. Show that tan = 2ss ()− a
12. Show that cos−−11 (−=−xx )π cos
13. Find the locus of a point which moves at a equal distances from the axis
14. Find the inclination and Y-intercept of the line √3x + y = 3
15. Find the angle between the lines who’s slopes are √3 and 1/√3
SECTION – B
1. Solve the following equations by cramer’s rule
2x + y = 1, y + 2z = 7 and 3z – 2x =11 12 5 2. Find the inverse of the matrix A = 0− 13 312 21− 3. Verify Caylay-Hamilton Theorem for the matrix A = 15 15 18 2 3a 4. Find the co-efficient of x in x + x 111 5. If loga (bc) = x , logb (ac) = y and logc(a b) = z. Show that ++=1 111+++xyz 6. Find the sin of the angle between the vectors ( 3,2,-1) and ( 2,-1,4) 7. If the position vectors of A, B,C are respectively i + 2j + 3k, 2i + 5j – k and –i + j +2k, find the area of triangle ABC 8. Find the projection of vector 2i + 3j + 2k on 4i + 5j + 3k
SECTION – C
1. Circular wheel is rotating at the rate of 450 r.p.m. If the radius of the wheel 70cm, find the distance covered by a point on the rim in 1 second. tanθθ+ sec −+ 1 1 sin θ 2 Prove that = tanθθ−+ sec 1 cos θ
sinθθ 1+ cos 3. Show that +=2cos ecθ 1+ cosθθsin 4. Show that sin420°cos390° + cos(- 300°) sin(- 330°) = 1 π cos(+−θ )sec( θ )tan( πθ − ) 5. Simplify 2 π sec(2πθ−+ )sin( πθ )cot( + θ ) 2 6. The angles of elevation of the top of a tower from the base and top of building are 60° and 45°. The building is 20m high. Find the height of the tower. sin(AB− ) 7. Prove that ∑ = 0 sinAB sin cos3AA+ sin 3 8. Prove that = 1 + sin2A cosAA− sin sinAAAA+++ sin 3 sin 5 sin 7 9.Prove that = tan4A cosAAAA+++ cos3 cos5 cos7 cos 2AB cos 2 1 1 10.In a triangle ABC show that −=− a2 b 2 ab 22 11. Solve the triangle ABC if a = 2 , C = √3 – 1 , B = 120° 11 1π 12. Prove that 2tan−−11++ tan 2tan − 1 = 8 7 54
SECTION – D
1. Find the point on the x-axis which is equidistant form the points (7,6) and (–3,4) 2. Find the co-ordinates of the point of trisection of the median AB of the triangle ABC whose vertices are A(– 2, 2 ) ,B (– 1, –3 ) and C (5,7) 3. Find the equation of the line passing through (– 2, 6 ) and the sum of intercepts on the co-ordinate axes is 5. 4. Find the equation of the line perpendicular to 3x – 2y + 1 = 0 and passes through(1,–2).
0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0
BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION – KARNATAKA
SUBJECT: APPLIED MATHEMATICS – II For II - Semester
DIPLOMA COURSES OF ALL BRANCHES Contact hour per week: 04 Contact hour per Semester: 64
UNIT NO. CHAPTER TITLE CONTACT HR. DIFFERENTIATION CALCULUS 1 LIMITS 6 2 DIFFERENTIATION 16 3 APPLICATIONS OF DIFFERENTIATION 6 INTEGRAL CALCULUS 4 INDEFINITE INTEGRATION 14 5 DEFINITE INTEGRATION 4 6 APPLICATIONS OF DEFINITE INTEGRATION 2 7 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 12 8 TESTS AND ASSIGNMENTS 4 TOTAL HOUR 64
REFFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Applied Mathematics –II By W.R Neelakanta. Sapna Publications. 2. Applied Mathematics –II By Dr. D S Prakash S Chand Publications 3. Text Books of PUC-2 mathematics. 4. Applied Mathematics –II for Polytechnics- By different Authors. 5. Engineering Mathematics.
Applied Mathematics – II Page 1 of 11
QUESTION PAPER BLUE PRINT FOR APPLIED MATHEMATICS – II
Questions Questions Questions Questions to be set (2 to be set (5 to be set (5 to be set (5 Marks) Marks) Marks) Marks) HOUR
UNIT NO. UNIT PART- A PART- B PART- C PART- D
1 6 2 2 - - 2 16 4 6 - - 3 6 2 2 - - 4 14 4 - 6 - 5 4 3 - 1 - 6 2 - - 1 - 7 12 - - - 6 TOTA 64 15 10 08 06 L Questions to 10 07 05 04 be answered
APPLIED – MATHEMATICS – II Marks No. of Questions No. of Questions to be set to be Answered
Part A 2 X 10 = 20 15 10
Part B 5 X 07 = 35 10 07 Part C 5 X 05 = 25 08 05 Part D 5 X 04 = 20 06 04
Total = 100
Applied Mathematics – II Page 2 of 11
Diploma Courses of All Engineering Branches II Semester Sub: Applied Mathematics II
CONTENTS
UNIT – 1: LIMITS. 6 Hr.
Variables and Constants. Definition of function. Types of function: Direct and Inverse functions, Explicit and implicit function, Odd and even functions (Definition with examples). Concept of x tends to ‘a’. Definition of limit of a function. Problems on limit of a function by factorization, rationalization when x tend to ‘0’, when x tend to ‘∞’ and x tend to ‘a’. Derivations of algebraic and trigonometric limits. Problems. Standard limit (only statement) n a x −1 e x −1 1 1 n 1.lim = log e a 2.lim = 1 3.lim1+ = e 4. lim(1+ n) = e x→0 x x→0 x n→∞ n n→0 Simple problems on standard limits.
UNIT – 2: DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS. 16 Hr.
Definition of increment and increment ratio. Definition of derivative of a function. Derivatives of functions of xn, sinx, cosx and tanx with respect to ‘x’ from first principle method. List of standard derivatives. Rules of differentiation: Sum, product and quotient of functions. Problems on rules. Derivatives of function of a function (Chain rule). Derivatives of inverse Trigonometric functions, Hyperbolic functions and inverse of hyperbolic functions, Implicit functions, Parametric functions. Problems. Logarithmic differentiation. Problems. Successive differentiation up to second order. Problems.
UNIT – 3: APPLICATIONS OF DIFFERENTIATION. 6 Hr.
Geometrical meaning of derivative. Equation of tangent and normal to the curve y = f(x) at a given point. Derivative as a rate measure. Definition of increasing and decreasing function. Maxima and minima of a function.
UNIT – 4: INTEGRAL CALCULUS. 14 Hr.
Definition of Integration. List of standard integrals. Rules of integration (only statement) 1. kf (x)dx = k f (x)dx. 2. {f(x) ± g(x)}dx = f(x)dx ± g(x)dx ∫ ∫ ∫ ∫ ∫ problems. Integration by substitution method. Problems. Integrals of functions involving a2 + x2 , a2 – x2 and their radicals. Some important integrals of the type
dx 1 −1 x dx −1 x 1. = tan + c 2. = sin + c with proof. ∫ 2 2 ∫ 2 2 x + a a a a − x a
Applied Mathematics – II Page 3 of 11
dx x dx 1 x − a 3. = sinh −1 + c 4. = log + c if x 〉 a 〉 0. ∫ ∫ 2 2 a 2 + x 2 a x − a 2a x + a dx 1 a + x dx x 5. = log + c if a 〉 x 〉 0. 6. = cosh −1 + c ∫ 2 2 ∫ a − x 2a a − x x 2 − a 2 a dx 1 x 7. ∫ = sec −1 + c ( 3 to 7 no proof) x x 2 − a 2 a a
Integrals of the forms: dx dx px + q px + q , , dx , dx. Problems. ∫ 2 ∫ ∫ 2 ∫ ax + bx + c ax 2 + bx + c ax + bx + c ax 2 + bx + c Integration by parts. Rule of integration by parts. Problems. Integration of the forms: ∫ e x (f(x) + f 1 (x))dx Problems.
UNIT – 5: DEFINITE INTEGRALS. 4 Hr.
Definition of Definite integral. Theorems on definite integrals. Problems. π 1 π 1 Definite integrals of the type 2 dx, 2 dx Problems. ∫0 1+ tan x ∫0 1+ tan x
UNIT – 6: APPLICATIONS OF DEFINITE INTEGRALS. 2 Hr.
Find area, volume and r m s value of a function. Problems.
UNIT – 7: DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. 12 Hr.
Definition, example, order and degree of differential equation with examples. Formation of differential equation by eliminating arbitrary constants up to second order. Solution of D E of first degree and first order by variable separable method. Solution of differential equations reducible to variable separable form. Linear equations and its solution. Solution of differential equations reducible to linear form- Bernoulli’s form. Homogeneous form and its solution. Solution of differential equations reducible to homogeneous form. Exact differential equation and its solution. Solutions of differential equation of a type d 2 y dy a + b + cy = 0, where a, b, c are constants. Simple problems. dx 2 dx
Applied Mathematics – II Page 4 of 11
GENERAL AND SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
UNIT – 1: LIMITS. 6 Hr.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES.
1.1 To understand variables, constants and functions. 1.2 To know the indeterminant form and evaluation of limit of a given function.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.
1.1.1 Explain calculus as calculation of Infinitesimal values. 1.1.2 Define Independent, dependent variable and constants with examples. 1.1.3 Define a function. 1.1.4 List types of functions. 1.1.5 Define 1. Direct and inverse functions 2. Explicit and Implicit function 3.Odd and even function with examples. 1.2.1 Explain the concept of x tends ‘a’. 1.2.2 Define limit of a function. 1.2.3 Solve problems on limit of a function by factorization. 1.2.4 Solve problems on limit of a function by rationalization. 1.2.5 Solve problems on limit of a function when x tends INFINITY. x n − a n lim = na n−1 for any rational number. x→a − 1.2.6 Deduce x a sinθ lim = 1 where θ is in radians θ →0 θ 1.2.7 Solve problems on above results. 1.2.8. Write formula for standard limits(statement only). n a x −1 e x −1 1 1 = = + = = + n 1.lim log e a 2. lim 1 3. lim1 e lim(1 n) x→0 x x→0 x n→∞ n n→0 1.2.9 Solve simple problems on above results.
UNIT – 2: DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS. 16 Hr.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES.
2.1 To understand the differentiation of a function in terms of limit of a function. 2.2 To know different methods of differentiation. 2.3 To know the derivatives of higher order up to second order.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.
2.1.1 Define increment and increment ratio. 2.1.2 Define differentiation. 2.1.3 Derive the differential co-efficient (dy/dx).
Applied Mathematics – II Page 5 of 11 2.1.4 Derive differentiation of a functions from first principle method xn , Sinx, Cosx and Tanx with respect to ‘x’. 2.1.5 State derivative of ex and log x. 2.2.1 State rules of differentiation: Derivatives of Sum, Product and quotient of function. 2.2.2 Solve problems on rules of differentiation. 2.2.3 Obtain the derivatives of function of a function (Chain Rule), Inverse T- functions, Implicit functions & Parametric functions 2.2.4 Solve problems on above types. 2.2.5 Carry out logarithmic Differentiation 2.2.6 Solve problem of the type xx , ax , x Sin x, x 1/x etc., 2.3.1 Obtain the second derivative of a function. 2.3.2 Solve problems on Successive differentiation.
UNIT -3: APPLICATIONS OF DIFFERENTIATION. 6Hr.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES.
3.1 To understand dy/dx as slope of a tangent. 3.2 To illustrate dy / dx as a rate measure. 3.3 To understand maxima and minima of a function.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.
3.1.1 Explain geometrical meaning dy / dx as a slope of tangent. 3.1.2 Find equation of tangent and normal to a curve y = f(x) at a given point. 3.1.3 Solve problems on tangent and normals. 3.2.1 Explain derivative as a rate measure. 3.2.2 Obtain velocity and acceleration for a moving body whose equation of motion is given. 3.2.3 Solve problems on rate measure including variation of area, volume etc., 3.3.1 Define increasing and decreasing function. 3.3.2 State the condition for maxima and minima of a function, no proof. 3.3.3 Find maximum and minimum values of a function.
UNIT – 4: INTEGRAL CALCULUS. 14 Hr.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES.
4.1 To know integration as converse process of differentiation. 4.2 To understand indefinite integral.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.
4.1.1 Define integration as anti derivative. 4.1.2 List of standard integrals. 4.1.3 State rules of Integration. 4.1.4 Solve the problems on rules of integration. 4.2.1 Explain integration by substitution method. 4.2.2 Solve problems on substitution method.
Applied Mathematics – II Page 6 of 11 dx 1 x dx x 1. = tan −1 + c 2. = sin −1 + c . 4.2.3 Derive ∫ 2 2 ∫ 2 2 x + a a a a − x a 4.2.4 Write dx x dx 1 x − a 3. = sinh −1 + c 4. = log + c if x 〉 a 〉 0. ∫ ∫ 2 2 a 2 + x 2 a x − a 2a x + a dx 1 a + x dx x 5. = log + c if a 〉 x 〉 0. 6. = cosh −1 + c ∫ 2 2 ∫ a − x 2a a − x x 2 − a 2 a dx 1 x 7. ∫ = sec −1 + c ( 3 to 7 no proof) x x 2 − a 2 a a
4.2.4 Solve problems on above results. 4.2.5 Write dx dx px + q px + q , , dx , dx. ∫ 2 ∫ ∫ 2 ∫ ax + bx + c ax 2 + bx + c ax + bx + c ax 2 + bx + c
4.2.5 Solve problems on above results. 4.2.6 Explain the rule integration by parts. 4.2.7 Solve problems of the type x sinx, x2 Cos x, (ax + b) ex, x sin2x, log x, ex sinx, x log x etc., 4.2.8 Solve problems of the type ∫ e x (f(x) + f 1 (x))dx
UNIT – 5: DEFINITE INTEGRALS. 4 Hr.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES.
5.1 To understand the concept of definite integral to eliminate constant of integration.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.
b 5.1.1 State, a∫ f(x) dx as a definite integral. 5.1.2 State theorems on definite integrals. 5.1.3 Solve the problems of the same type as in indefinite integral using limits of integration. π 1 π 1 5.1.4 Solve definite integrals of the type ∫ 2 dx, ∫ 2 dx 0 1 + tan x 0 1 + tan x
UNIT – 6: APPLICATIONS OF DEFINITE INTEGRALS. 2 Hr.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES.
6.1 To understand definite integral as a tool to find area under the curve, volume of solid of revolution and r m s value of a function.
Applied Mathematics – II Page 7 of 11 SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.
6.1.1 Explain definite integral as a limit of sum (statement). 6.1.2 Write the formulae for finding area, volume and r m s value of a function. 6.1.3 Solve problems on above applications.
UNIT – 7: DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. 12 Hr.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES.
7.1 To understand the concept of differential equation. 7.2 To solve differential equation for unknown functions.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.
7.1.1 Define differential equation with examples. 7.1.2 Define Order and Degree of D E with examples. 7.1.3 Formation of D E by eliminating arbitrary constants. 7.2.1 Obtain the solution of D E by variable separable method. 7.2.2 Solve problems on variable separable method. 7.2.3 Obtain the solution of D E by Reducible to variable separable method – Solve problems. dy 7.2.4 Obtain the solution of linear D E of the type + Py = Q --solve problems. dx 7.2.5 Obtain the solution of D E by Reducible to linear form (Bernoulli’s form) –solve problems. 7.2.6 Obtain the solution of D E by Homogeneous form – solve problems. 7.2.7 Obtain the solution of D E by Reducible to homogeneous form – solve problems 7.2.8 Obtain the solution of Exact D E --- solve problems. d 2 y dy 7.2.9 Obtain the solution of D E of the type a + b + cy = 0, -- Solve simple dx 2 dx problems only.
*************************************************
Applied Mathematics – II Page 8 of 11 BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION – KARANATAKA
MODEL QUESTION PAPER Code:
APPLED MATHEMATICS –II ( FOR ALL COURSES) Time: 3 Hrs Maximum marks:100
NOTE: i) Answer any 10 questions in section A, 7 questions in section B 5 questions in section C, & 4 questions in D
ii) Each question carries 2 marks in section A iii) Each question carries 5 marks in remaining section
SECTION – A sin2 3x 1. Evaluate lim x→0 tan2 4x x3 −8 2.Evaluate lim x→2 x4 −16 dy 3. Find if y = 1 –cos4x dx dy 4. Find if x2 + y2 = a2 dx dy 5. Find if x = a sinθ and y = a cosθ dx 6. Find the slope of a tangent to the curve y = x2+6x – 7 at point ( 1, –2) 7. If s = 4t2 – 4t + 6 then find velocity when t = 2second 8. Evaluate ∫ exxtan e dx 9. Evaluate ∫sin2 x dx 10 Evaluate ∫ cosec (1− 4 x ) dx 4 1 11. Evaluate ∫ dx 0 x
π 2 12. Evaluate ∫ sin x dx 0
π 2 13. Evaluate ∫ tan 2 x dx 0
Applied Mathematics – II Page 9 of 11 sin x 14. Evaluate dx ∫ cos2 x da()x 15. Show that = ax log a dx e
SECTION – B sinθ 1. Prove geometrically lim θ →0 θ
3sin 2xx− 5 dy x 2. Evaluate lim +=1 e x→0 4xx− tan dx 3. Find the derivative of tanx w.r.to x form the first principle 4. If y = ex ( sinx – cosx ), find dy/dx. 2+ 3sinh x 5. If y = , find dy/dx 3+ 2cosh x 6. If xcoy + ysin(x/y) = k find dy/dx. 7. Find dy/dx if x = a(cosθ + θ ) and y = a ( 1 – sinθ ) 8. If y = sinx cosx, find dy/dx. 9. Find the equations of tangent and normal to the curve y2 = 9x at ( 1, - 3 ) 10. Find the maximum and minimum value of the fuction 2x3 - 12 x2 + 18x + 5.
SECTION – C
1. Evaluate ∫sin3 x dx dx 2. Evaluate ∫ xx2 −+6 13 3. Evaluate ∫ x2 sin x dx 23x + 4. Evaluate ∫ dx 82−−xx2
π 2 5. Evaluate ∫ cos3 x dx 0 6. Evaluate ∫ x.log x dx x4 7. Evaluate dx ∫ x2 +1
Applied Mathematics – II Page 10 of 11 8. find the area bounded by the curve y = 4x – x2 – 3 and x-axis.
SECTION – D Solve the following equations;
1.sec2x tany dx + sec2y tanx dy= 0 2. y (1 + x) dx + x (1 + y) dy = 0 3. (y3 – 3x2y ) dx – (x3 – 3xy2 ) dy = 0 4. ( 3y – 7x + 7 ) dx + ( 7y – 3x + 3 ) dy = 0 5. ( 2x + y + 1 ) dx + ( x + 2y + 1 ) dy = 0
y dy x 6. e +=1 e dx
0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0
Applied Mathematics – II Page 11 of 11 me_science
Diploma Course in Leather Technology Second Semester Subject Title: Mechanical Engineering Science
Contact hrs/week : 4 Contact hrs. / Sem: 64
Sl. No. Topics Hrs alloted
1 Sources of energy 3 2 Properties of metals 3 3 Ferrrous metals 8 4 Non ferrous metals 6 5 Heat treatment of steels 6 6 Friction and lubrication 6 7 Transmission of power 8 8 Fasteners 6 9 Bearings 6 10 Welding, Soldering and Brazing 8 11 Tests and revisions 4 Total 64
Subject Content
1 Sources of Energy 3 1.1 renewable & non-renewable energy sources 1.2 solar energy, wind energy, hydro energy, tidal energy, geo thermal energy
2 Properties of metals 3 2.1 Meaning of chemical, thermal, electical, magnetic and mechanical properties of 2.2 Ductility, hardness, toughness, brittleness, impact, mallealibility ,elastisity,plastisity etc
3 Ferrous metals 8 3.1 Principal ferrous metals 3.2 Cast iron and steel 3.3 Cast iron - manufacturing using cupola 3.4 Types of cast iron, composition, properties and uses 3.5 Steel - grades of steel and their composition 3.6 Manufacturing of steel using bessemer convertor process 3.7 Alloying of steel and its purpose Composition and uses of - Nickel steel, 18/8 stainless steel, 3.8 HSS, Manganese steel
4 Non Ferrous metals 6 4.1 principal non-ferrous metals 4.2 properties and uses of non-ferrous metals- copper, aluminium, zinc, tin, lead, cobalt, nickel, chromium 4.3 composition, properties & uses 4.3.1 copper alloys- brass & bronze 4.3.2 brass- montz metal, white brass, yellow brass 4.3.3 bronze- bell metal, gun metal & phosphor bronze 4.3.4 aluminium alloys- aluminium bronze, duralumin 4.3.5 magnesium alloys- dove metal & electron metal 4.3.6 nickel alloys- monel metal, nichrome 4.3.7 lead base alloys 4.3.8 tin base alloys- babitt metal 4.3.9 zinc base alloys- bearing metals
Page 1 of 7 me_science
5 Heat treatment of steels 6 5.1 purpose of heat treatment 5.2 heat treatment processes- annealing, normalising, hardening, tempering, nitriding, cyaniding 5.3 engineering applications of the above processes
6 Friction & Lubrication 6 6.1 introduction 6.2 definition & types of friction 6.3 coefficient of friction 6.4 angle of friction & friction angle 6.5 laws of solid friction 6.6 effect of friction 6.7 necessity of lubrication 6.8 properties of different types of lubricants 6.9 methods of lubrication 6.10 splash, wick, screw cap & needle lubricators
7 Transmission of Power 8 7.1 introduction 7.2 types of power transmission 7.3 flat belt drives- open & cross belt drives 7.4 velocity ratio, slip & creep 7.5 simple problems 7.6 fast & loose pulley 7.7 cone or stepped pulley, jockey or idler pulley 7.8 v belt drive-advantages & limitations 7.9 rope drive- advantages & limitations 7.10 chain drive- advantages & limitation 7.11 gear drive 7.12 types of gears-spur, helical, bevel, worm & worm wheel, rack & pinion
8 Fasteners 6 8.1 Intorduction 8.2 classification 8.3 screw thread terminology 8.4 V- threads,square threads, Metric threads,Acme Threads 8.5 single & Multistart threads 8.6 Right & Lefthand threads 8.7 Bolts & Nuts 8.8 LockNut 8.9 Locking devices- split pin,Screw pin,plate & spring washer
9 Bearing 6 9.1 Need of bearings 9.2 Types- Bush,Pedestal, Footstep bearings 9.3 Ball and roller bearings-needle bearing, thurst bearing 9.4 Advantages and disadvantages of ball and roller bearings
10 Welding , Soldering and Brazing 8 10.1 Introduction to Welding 10.2 Classification of welding 10.3 Applications of welding 10.4 Arc welding 10.5 Gas welding
Page 2 of 7 me_science
10.6 Introduction to Soldering and Brazing 10.7 Comparison of welding with Soldering and Brazing
General Objectives 1 To know the different solar energy sources and their applications 2 To know the different uses of metals with their properties 3 To know ferrous metals and their preparation and types 4 To know the different nonferrous metals and their types with applications 5 To know the importance of heat treatment and its proceses 6 To know about the friction and lubrication proceses 7 To know the diferent modes of transmission of power and applications 8 To know the different fastening members and their applications 9 To know the importance of bearings and their types 10 To understand the proceses of welding, brazing and solding and their applications specific instructional objectives:
1 appreciate the uses of different sources of energy 1.1 define renewable and non- renewable energy sources
1.2 differentiate renewable and non-renewable sources of energy 1.3 list the advantages and limitations of the above 1.4 explain solar energy 1.5 state application of solar energy 1.6 explain wind energy and state its application 1.7 list advantages and disadvantages of wind energy 1.8 explain the application of hydro energy 1.9 explain the application of tidal energy 1.10 expalin the application of geo- thermal energy
2 appreciate the use of different metals in mechanical engineering 2.1 name the metals used in industries 2.2 define chemical, magnetic, electrical, thermal & mechanical properties of metals 2.3 know the importance of the above properties
3 appreciate the use of ferrous metals in industries 3.1 list the principal ferrous metals 3.2 sketch and explain cupola 3.3 know the manufacturing of cast iron 3.4 list the types of cast iron with composition, properties and uses know the manufacturing of steel by Bessemmer converter 3.5 process 3.6 state the composition and uses of various grades of steel 3.7 define alloying and state its purpose 3.8 state the composition, properties and uses of nickel steel, chromium steel, 18/8
4 appreciate the use of non-ferrous metals in industries 4.1 list different non-ferrous metals used in industries 4.2 state the properties and uses of copper, zinc, aluminium, lead, tin, cobalt, nickel and 4.3 state the composition, properties & uses of 4.3.1 copper alloys- brass & bronze 4.3.2 brass- montz metal, white brass, yellow brass 4.3.3 bronze- bell metal, gun metal & phosphor bronze 4.3.4 aluminium alloys- aluminium bronze, duralumin 4.3.5 magnesium alloys- dove metal & electron metal 4.3.6 nickel alloys- monel metal, nichrome
Page 3 of 7 me_science
4.3.7 lead base alloys 4.3.8 tin base alloys- babitt metal 4.3.9 zinc base alloys- bearing metals 4.3.10 discuss the engineering application of the above non-ferrous alloys
5 state the objectives of heat treatment of steel 5.1 explain annealing, normalising, hardening, tempering, nitriding, cyaniding with its
6 know the role of friction and lubrication in machine elements 6.1 define force of friction 6.2 state laws of solid friction 6.3 identify the need for lubrication 6.4 list types of lubrication 6.5 list the properties of lubricants 6.6 list the types of lubricators 6.7 explain wick lubricator, splash lubrication, screw cap lubricator, needle lubricator
7 understand transmission of power in machines 7.1 list the types of transmission of power 7.2 explain open and cross belt drive 7.3 define velocity ratio 7.4 state the effect belt thickness and slip on velocity ratio 7.5 explain the use of cone pulle, idler pulley and fast & loose pulley in belt drive 7.6 explain the advantages of v-belt drive over flat belt drive 7.7 list the advantages and disadvantages of rope drive 7.8 list the advantages and disadvantages of chain drive 7.9 list the types of gear drives expain the use of spur, helical, bevel, worm & worm wheel, rack & pinion types of 7.10 gear drives 7.11 solve simple problems on velocity ratio and slip in flat belt drives
8 appreciate the application of fasteners 8.1 define fastener and fastening 8.2 classify fasteners 8.3 classify threaded fasteners 8.4 explain screw thread terminology explain application of v -thread, metric thread, square thread & acme thread in the 8.5 field of engineering 8.6 explain single and multi start thread 8.7 explain right and left hand thread 8.8 explain the principle of lock nut 8.9 explain the locking of nut using split pin, screw pin, plate and spring washer
9 discuss the importance of bearings in industries 9.1 classify bearings 9.2 explain bush bearings and state its industrial application 9.3 explain plummer block and state its industrial application 9.4 explain foot step bearing 9.5 discuss the types of antifriction bearings with engineering application
10 Explain the welding and its concepts 10.1 Classification on the basis of fusion and non fusion ,pressure and non pressure . 10.2 Different areas of use of welding 10.3 Principle of Arc welding(with sketch) including all equipments ,preparation ,precautions and procedure 10.4 Principle of Gas welding(with sketch) including all equipments ,preparation ,precautions and procedure
Page 4 of 7 me_science
10.5 Explain the clear concepts of soldering and brazing 10.6 Comparison of welding ,soldering and brazing
reference books
1 mechanical Engineering science- K. R. Gopala Krishna 2 elements of mechanical engineering- K.P. Roy & Hajra Choudary 3 elements of mechanical engineering- K.R.Gopala Krishna 4 engineering materials- Hajra Choudary 5 engineering materials- Rangawala 6 engineering materials- Roy & Choudary 7 Materials & metallurgy- J.K. gupta
QUESTION PAPER PATTERN AND MARKS DISTRIBUTION
Subject Title: Mechanical Engineering Science First Semester
Hrs Total marks Total marks allote for questions for questions Sl. No. COURSES d to be asked to be attempt UNIT- I four fill in the blanks has to be set, each carrying one mark 4 4 UNIT- II 1 Sources of energy 3 2 Properties of metals 3 3 Ferrrous metals 8 4 Non ferrous metals 6 48 32 UNIT- III 5 Heat treatment of steels 6 6 Friction and lubrication 6 7 Transmission of power 8 48 32 UNIT- IV 8 Fasteners 6 9 Bearings 6 10 Welding, Soldering and Brazing 8 48 32 Total 148 100
Model Question Paper Board of Technical examinations, Bangalore Mechanical Engineering science
Answer Unit I and any two full questions from each of the remaining units
Page 5 of 7 me_science
max marks Duration: 3 Hrs 100
UNIT I
Fill in the blanks with appropriate word 1x4 = 1 1 ______is an example of renewable energy source
2 Welding has been classified as ______type of fastener ______pulley is being used to increase the velocity ratio of 3 the belt drive 4 Cupola furnace is used to manufacture ______
UNIT II
1 a) Differentiate between renewable and non-renewable energy sources 3 b) Write short note on Wind energy 5 c) Sketch and explain Cupola Furnace 8
2 a) Define alloy and state the purpose 3 b) state the properties and uses of non ferrous metals 5 c) explain ductility, malleability, plasticity and elasticity 8
3 a) list various grades of steel 3 b) Write short note on copper 5 c) explain with neat sketch the manufacturing process of steel by Bessemmer Convertor 8
UNIT III
4 a) List the need of heat treatment of steel 3 b) explain effect of belt thickness on velocity ratio 5 c) In a open belt drive, the driving pulley diameter is 0.6m and is running at 1200rpm. The driven pulley diameter is 0.2m. Determine speed of the driven pulley, velocity ratio if the thickness of the belt is 10mm. 8
5 a) List the advantages of v belt over flat belt 3 b) List the properties of good lubricants 5 c) With neat sketch explain screw cap lubricator 8
6 a) list the advantages and disadvantages of chain drive 3 b) with neat sketch expalin rack and pinion 5 c) Explain annealing and tempering process 8
UNIT IV
7 a) define fastener and fastening 3 b) explain screw thread terminology 5 c) with neat sketch explain locking of nut using split pin 8
8 a) list the classification of bearings 3 b) explain bush block 5 c) with neat sketch explain different types of gas flame 6
9 a) List precautions to be followed in arch welding 3
Page 6 of 7 me_science b) explain different applications of gas welding 5 c) explain with neat sketch the princple of arc welding 8
Page 7 of 7
Government Order No ED 178 TPE 2009 Dated 01-08-2009 Government Of Karnataka DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION
REGULATIONS AND GUIDELINES FOR DIPLOMA COURSES AS PER THE CURRICULUM - C–09/10 (with effect from 2009-10 onwards)
1. TITLE AND DURATION OF THE PROGRAMS
1.1 The programs shall be called the diploma programs and abbreviated as DCE/ DME/DECE/DEEE/DCSE etc. 1.2 The programs shall be of 2/3 academic years (31/2 years in case of evening courses)duration and conducted in 4/6 semesters with each semester having a duration of 16 weeks. 1.3 The calendar of events in respect of the course shall be fixed by the Department of Technical Education from time to time. 1.4 The examinations shall be conducted by Board of Technical Examination(BTE) at the end of each semester
2. Admissions and Eligibility a) For Engineering courses:- Should have passed Karnataka SSLC or equivalent examination and have obtained a minimum of 35% marks each in Mathematics and Science subjects. b) For Sound Recording and Cinematography Courses: Should have passed Karnataka PUC-2 or equivalent examination and have obtained a minimum of 35% marks each in PCM subjects.
CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT CELL, DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, KARNATAKA 2
c)For Non-Engineering Courses: 1) Commercial Practice and Apparel Design and Fabrication Technology:- Should have passed Karnataka SSLC or equivalent examination 2) Library Science & Information management/ Business Administration:- Should have passed Karnataka PUC-2 or equivalent examination.
3. Duration of periods in the Class Time Table: The duration of each period in a day is 1 hour and the total periods of instruction/seminars/tutorial hours excluding interval and lunch break in a day should be uniformly maintained as 7 hours from Monday to Friday and 4 hours on Saturday (Theory and Practical).
4. ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENT
4.1 In each semester, the candidate has to put in a minimum attendance of 75% in each subject with a provision of condonation of 15% of the attendance by the Secretary, Board of Technical Examination on the specific recommendation of the Principal on the reasons such as medical grounds, International/ National/ State level sports, NCC, NSS. 4.2 The basis for the calculation of the attendance shall be the period prescribed by the Department of Technical Education by its calendar of events. For the first semester students, the same is reckoned from the date of admission of the student. 4.3 The students shall be informed about their attendance position monthly by the Polytechnics so that the
CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT CELL, DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, KARNATAKA
3
students shall be cautioned to make up the shortage. The Principals of the Polytechnics shall submit the list of students who have been detained for shortage of attendance by the end of the semester to the Secretary, Board of Examination, Dept. of Technical Education, Bangalore, Karnataka.
5. INTRENAL ASSESMENT:
5.1 For each subject three tests should be conducted and best of two shall be taken for assessment Decimals shall be rounded off to next higher digit. The decimals below 0.5 and above 0.5 shall be rounded off to the next higher digit. i.e for example: 8.1 to 8.5 and 8.6 to 8.9 shall be rounded off to 9 Round off to next higher digit shall be for the average marks and not for individual test marks. 5.2 Each subject of theory or practical shall have a maximum internal assessment marks of 25 (20 marks for test and 5 marks for attendance). 5.3 Award of marks for attendance will be as per the range given below: 60% to 75% - 2 marks more than 75% upto 85% - 3 marks more than 85% upto 95% - 4 marks more than 95% upto 100% - 5 marks 5.4 Award of internal assessment marks for drawing/ workshop shall be based on aggregate marks of all the exercises/ graded exercises carried out and evaluated in the class room through out the semester
CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT CELL, DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, KARNATAKA
4
5.5 The internal assessment marks in a theory subject shall be based on three tests conducted at the end of 6, 10 and 14 weeks of each semester. An additional test may be conducted for desirous/ absent students before the end of the semester to give an opportunity to such students to improve their internal assessment marks. The test shall be answered in “Blue Books” with pages serially numbered. These Blue Books shall be signed by the student and the concerned faculty and kept in the custody of Principal of the Polytechnic for verification and academic audit and it should be preserved as per the BTE norms.
6. Internal Assessment for Project Work:
To allocate the internal assessment for the Project Work three reviews have to be conducted and the average of the three should be taken for the final assessment.
7. Minimum Pass Marks :
Theory Examination : 35% in the end examination- (A minimum of 35 marks in the end examination and a combined minimum of 45 marks of both Internal Assessment and end examination marks put together.)
Practical Examination: 50% in the end examination - (A minimum of 50 marks in the end examination and a combined minimum of 60 marks of both Internal Assessment and practical examination marks put together.)
CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT CELL, DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, KARNATAKA
5
8. Eligibility and Promotion for the Examinations:
8.1 There shall not be any restriction for promotion from odd semester to even semester, provided the candidate has registered his/her name for the examination for the semester and has fulfilled the attendance requirement. 8.2 A candidate is eligible for promotion from even semester to odd semester (i.e to next academic year) provided, the candidate has not failed in more than four subjects of lower semester examinations. For example: a) A candidate seeking eligibility to 3rd semester should not have failed in more than 4 subjects of first and second semesters put together. b) A candidate seeking eligibility to 5th semester should not have failed in more than 4 subjects of 1st to 4th semesters put together.
9. Classification of successful candidates:
Classifications of candidates will be done as specified below:
9.1 Classification of the Semester Result:
a) First Class with Distinction A candidate shall be declared to have passed in First Class with Distinction if he / she secures not less than 75% of the aggregate marks in all the subjects of the semester put together.
CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT CELL, DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, KARNATAKA
6
b) First Class A candidate shall be declared to have passed in First Class with Distinction if he / she secures not less than 60% of the aggregate marks in all the subjects of the semester put together.
c) Second Class: All other successful candidates will be declared to have passed in Second Class.
9.2 Award of Diploma
a) First Class with Distinction
A candidate shall be declared to have passed in First Class with Distinction if he / she secures not less than 75% of the aggregate marks in 5th and 6th semesters put together and passes the above semesters in first attempt itself
b) First Class
A candidate will be declared to have passed in First Class if he / she secures not less than 60% of the aggregate marks in 5th and 6th semesters put together and passes the above semesters in first attempt itself
c) Second Class:
All other successful candidates will be declared to have passed in Second Class.
CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT CELL, DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, KARNATAKA
7
10. Provision for improvement:
10.1 Surrender of Results: The candidate has to apply for the improvement by surrendering his/her results with in 30 days after the announcement of results by paying fees as prescribed by BTE. 10.2 No improvement is allowed in Practical / Lab subjects or Project work or Industrial Training assessment. However, improvement is allowed in drawing subject. 10.3 If improvement is not achieved, the marks obtained in the current Examination hold good. 10.4 Improvement is not allowed in respect to the candidates who are punished under Mal-practices in any Examination. 10.5 All the candidates who wish to appear for improvement of performance shall deposit the original Marks cards of the semester pertaining to the subject/ subjects to BTE. Then the revised Memorandum of marks of the current examination will be issued
11. MAXIMUM PERIOD FOR COMPLETION OF DIPLOMA COURSES
Maximum period for completion of the course shall be thrice the duration of the course from the date of First admission (includes the period of detention and discontinuation of studies by student etc) failing which they will have to forfeit the claim for qualifying for the award of Diploma (They will not be permitted to appear for examinations after that date). This rule
CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT CELL, DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, KARNATAKA
8
applies for all Diploma courses of 3 or 31/2 years of engineering and non-engineering courses.
12. ELIGIBILITY FOR AWARD OF DIPLOMA
A candidate is eligible for award of Diploma Certificate if he / she fulfils the following academic regulations. i. He / She pursued a course of study for not less than 3 / 3 ½ academic years & not more than 9 / 10 ½ academic years. ii. He / she has completed all the subjects. Students who fail to fulfill all the academic requirements for the award of the Diploma within 9 / 10 ½ academic years from the year of admission shall forfeit their seat in the course & their seat shall stand cancelled.
13 RE-VALUATION:
a) There is a system of Re-valuation or providing Xerox copies of valued Answer Scripts. The procedure for revaluation is as prescribed by the BTE, Karnataka. b) There is no provision for recounting of the valued answer scripts
14. MAL PRACTICE CASES:
If any candidate resorts to any Mal Practice during examinations, he/she shall be booked and the Punishment will be awarded as per rules and regulations framed by BTE, Karnataka from time to time.
CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT CELL, DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, KARNATAKA
9
15. DISCREPANCIES/ PLEAS:
Any Discrepancy /Pleas regarding results etc., shall be represented to the Board within 90 (ninety) days from the date of issue of results. Thereafter, no such cases will be entertained in any manner.
16. ISSUE OF DUPLICATE DIPLOMA MARKS CARD/ CERTIFICATE
If a candidate loses his/her original Diploma marks card / Certificate and desires a duplicate to be issued, he/she should produce written evidence to this effect. He / she may obtain a duplicate from the Secretary, Board of Technical Examination, Karnataka on payment of prescribed fee and on production of an affidavit signed before a First Class Magistrate (Judicial) and non traceable certificate from the Department of Police. In case of damage of original Diploma Marks card /Certificate, he / she may obtain a duplicate Marks card /certificate by surrendering the original damaged Marks card /certificate on payment of prescribed fee to the Board of Technical Examination, Karnataka.
17. ISSUE OF MIGRATION CERTIFICATE AND TRANSCRIPTS:
The Board on payment of prescribed fee will issue these certificates for the candidates who intend to pursue Higher Studies in India or Abroad.
CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT CELL, DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, KARNATAKA
10
18. Lateral Entry to B.E programs:
Holders of three years Diploma awarded by the Board of Technical Examination, Govt. of Karnataka or any other diploma qualification considered equivalent thereto and has passed the final year examination with an aggregate of minimum 45% marks (aggregate of 40% in case of Schedule caste /Schedule tribe / Backward classes as specified in the relevant Government order).
19. GENERAL
i. The Department of Technical Education may change or amend the academic rules and regulations or syllabi at any time and the changes or amendments made shall be applicable to all the students, for whom it is intended, with effect from the dates notified by the competent authority. ii. All legal matters pertaining to the Department of Technical Education, Karnataka shall be dealt within the jurisdiction of Bangalore. iii. In case of any ambiguity in the interpretation of the above Regulations and Guidelines, the decision of the Secretary, BTE, Karnataka shall be final.
SD/— (N R Prabhu) Under Secretary To The Government Department Of Higher Education(Technical Edn)
CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT CELL, DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, KARNATAKA
III SEMESTER
APPLIED CHEMISTRY- II
Total hours: 64 Max.marks:100
Hours/week: 04 I.A.marks: 25
S.No. TITLE HOURS ALLOTED UNIT-I THEORY OF 12 SOLUTIONS UNIT- II SURFACE CHEMISTRY 12
UNIT- III SCOPE OF ORGANIC 12 CHEMISTRY UNIT- IV ALIPHATIC 12 COMPOUNDS UNIT- V AROMATIC 12 COMPOUNDS TESTS / REVISION 04
Sub: APPLIED CHEMISTRY- II
PART- A [PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY]
UNIT- I 1. THEORY OF SOLUTIONS
General Objectives:
1. Explain the concepts of solutions 2. Describe the principles of Osmosis, Osmotic pressure 3. Introduce the concepts of electrochemistry
Specific Objectives:
1.1 Introduction- solute, solvent, solutions 1.2. Solutions –Saturated, Unsaturated, supersaturated solutions. 1.3. Diffusion, Osmosis, Osmotic pressure 1.3.1. Definition 1.3.2. Laws of osmotic pressure 1.3.3. Determination of osmotic pressure by Berkeley- Hartley method 1.3.4. Reverse Osmosis 1.4 Electrochemistry 1.4.1 Electrolytes – strong/weak – Definition, examples. 1.4.2 Non – Electrolytes – Definition ,examples 1.4.3 Electrolysis 1.4.4 Theories of acids / bases a) Arhenius Theory – Explanation, merits, limitations b) Bronsted Lowry Theory c) Lewis Theory d) Oswald Dilution law of electrolysis 1.4.5 Salts – Neutralization , Hydrolysis reaction
1.4.6 Buffers–Preparation ,uses – Henderson’s Equation ,mechanism
UNIT – II 2. SURFACE CHEMISTRY
General Objectives: 1. Introduce the ideas of colloids 2. Understand the concepts of adsorption 3. Illustrate about catalysis Specific objectives: 2.1. Adsorption – Definition, Examples, Types 2.1.1. Difference between adsorption, absorption 2.1.2. Adsorbent- adsorbate - definition, examples 2.1.3. Factors affecting adsorption 2.1.4. Applications
2.2. Colloids- – Definition, Examples, Types and differences 2.2.1. Preparation of colloids a) Bredig’s Arc method b) Peptisation c) Other chemical methods-[Oxidation, reduction, Hydrolysis, Double decomposition] 2.2.2. Purification of colloids 2.2.3. Properties of colloids a). Brownian movement b). Tyndall effect c). Electrophoresis 2.2.4. Applications of colloids 2.3. Catalysis- Definition, Examples, Types 2.3.1. Properties 2.3.2. Theories a). Adsorption theory b). Intermediate compound theory
PART- B [ORGANIC CHEMISTRY]
UNIT – III 3. SCOPE OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
General Objectives: 1. Introduce the concepts of organic chemistry 2. Understand various organic compounds and its nomenclature 3. Comprehend on isomerism
Specific Objectives: 3.1. Introduction of organic chemistry 3.2. Classification of organic compounds 3.3. Hydrocarbons – Saturated and Unsaturated 3.4. Organic compounds with Oxygen and Nitrogen 3. 5. Nomenclature 3.6. Identification of carbon, hydrogen, sulphur. 3.7. Isomerism 3.7.1. Definition 3.7.2. Types – Structural [chain, position, functional, metamerism]- Stereoisomerism [ geometrical, optical] 3.7.3. Asymmetric carbon atoms 3.7.4. Chirality 3.7.5. Enantiomers
UNIT- IV 4.ALIPHATIC COMPOUNDS General Objectives:
1. Understand different aliphatic compounds 2. Introduce various functional groups like alcohols, esters, aldehydes, acids, ketones, amines etc
Specific Objectives: 4.1. Introduction to aliphatic compounds 4.2. Alkanes – General formula 4.2.1. Preparation, properties and uses- methane, ethane 4.3. Alkenes – General formula 4.3.1. Preparation, properties and uses of ethyne 4.4. Different functional groups and characteristics 4.5. Alcohols 4.5.1. Types – primary, secondary and tertiary 4.5.2 Preparation, properties and uses of methanol, ethanol. 4.6. Aldehydes - Preparation, properties and uses of formaldehyde 4.7 Ketones - Preparation, properties and uses of acetone 4.8 Carboxylic acids- Preparation , properties and uses of formic acid, acetic acid. 4.9. Esters- Preparation , properties and uses of ethyl acetate 4.10. Amines- Preparation, properties and uses of methylamine
UNIT – V 5. AROMATIC COMPOUNDS General Objectives:
1. To Understand about various aromatic compounds, their properties and uses. Specific Objectives:
5.1. Introduction to aromatic compounds 5.2. Differentiate between aliphatic and aromatic compounds 5.3. Coal tar Distillation 5.4 Preparation, properties and uses of 5.4.1. Benzene 5.4.2. Phenol 5.4.3. Aniline
REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Advanced organic chemistry –Prof.Bahl, Arun Bahl 2. College chemistry (Vol- I &II) – Indira
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION / EVALUATION: 1. Section – I {from any unit} 1. Fill in the Blanks (5) : 1X5=5 2. One short notes (1) : 1X5=5 2. Section – II {from PART- A – UNIT I&II Physical Chemistry} 1. Three full questions with 3 sub divisions 2. Each question carries 15 marks: total 15X 3= 45 3. Section –III & IV {from PART-B – UNIT -III, IV & V Organic Chemistry} 1. Three full questions with 3 sub divisions 2. Each question carries 15 marks: total 15X 3= 45
S.NO TOPICS Q.NO HOURS TOTAL TOTAL ALLOTTED MARKS TO MARKS TO & (MARKS BE ASKED BE GIVEN) ANSWERED 1 Section – I 1 5+5 10 (from any unit) 2 Section – II 45 30
From unit – 1 2,3a 12 (15+7) From unit- II .3b.3c,4 12 (8+15) 3 Section- III 45 30 From unit- III 5,6 12 (15+15) From unit- IV 7 12 (15) 4 Section – IV 45 30 From unit-IV 8 (15) From unit- V 9,10 12 (15+15) TOTAL 145 100
APPLIED CHEMISTRY- II
Time allotted: 3 hrs Max. marks: 100 Instructions: 1. Section –I is compulsory 2. Answer any 2 full questions each from section II,III IV respectively
SECTION- I 1 a) Fill in the blanks : 1X5=5 i) Mixture of solute and solvent is called as ------. ii) Example of adsorbate is ------. iii) Types of stereoisomerisms------and ------. iv) Formula for acetone is ------. v). Structure of phenol is ------.
b) Write a note in 1 or 2 sentences 1X5=5 i) solution ii) adsorbent iii) acetic acid iv) osmosis v) sol
SECTION – II
2 a) Explain the determination of osmotic pressure by Berkeley – Hartley method (8) b) List out the laws of osmotic pressure. (5) c) What is diffusion? (2)
3 a) State Arhenius theory and explain. Mention its merits and demerits. (7) b) Explain Henderson’s equation with mechanism . (6) c) What is buffer? (2)
4 Explain the properties of colloidal solutions a) Brownian movement (5) b) Tyndall effect (5) c) Electrophoresis (5)
SECTION – III
5a) Discuss about isomerism and its types (8) b) Write short notes on hydrocarbons (5) c) What is chirality? (2)
6 a) Write the formula for the following Pentane, xylene, phenol, acetone, formic acid (5)
b) Mention the IUPAC name for the following Formaldehyde, acetone, butane, propanoic acid, ethylamine (5) c) Explain the classification of organic compounds. (5)
7 a) Explain the preparatory methods of ethanol. (6) b) List out the properties of ethyne. (6) c) Mention the uses of formaldehyde. (3)
SECTION – IV 8 a) Explain the preparation of acetic acid (6) b) Write the properties of ethanol (6) c) What are alcohols? Mention its classification with examples. (3)
9 a) Explain the preparation process of benzene (7) b) Differentiate between aliphatic and aromatic compounds (5) c) List the uses of phenol (3)
10 a) How is aniline prepared? Explain. (8) b) Write short notes on properties of phenol. (5) c) Write the uses of aniline. (2)
------
Sub: POST - TANNING AND FINISHING TECHNIQUES
Total hours: 64 Maximum marks: 100 Hours/week: 04 Internal assessment marks: 25
S. No TITLE NO OF HOURS ALLOTTED UNIT – I NEUTRALISATION AND 12 RETANNING UNIT – II DYEING 10
UNIT – III FAT – LIQUORING 12
UNIT – IV PRINCIPLES OF LEATHER 10 FINISHING
UNIT - V FINISHING MATERIALS 10
SEMINARS ON INDUSTRIAL 06 INNOVATIONS TESTS/REVISION 04
POST - TANNING AND FINISHING TECHNIQUES UNIT –I 1. NEUTRALISATION ND RETANNING 1.1 Neutralisation: • Objectives • Principles • Degree of neutralisation • Various Neutralising chemicals • Effect of neutralisation on dyeing and fat liquoring • Ideal condition for neutralisation • Over – neutralisation
1.2 Re-tanning • Principles
• Various re-tanning materials
• Semi chroming
• Chrome re-tanned leather 1.3 Combination tanning • Principles
• Difference of properties of mineral and vegetable tan leathers
• Problems faced in re-tanning
• Mechanism of combination tannage HCHO/Oil, HCHO/Veg, HCHO/leather 1.4 Syntans. • Definition • Classification • Uses • Dipole theory • Tanning power of syntans
UNIT – II 2. DYEING 2.1 Dyes 2.1.1 Introduction and Classification of dyes (chemical/dyers) [Acid – Basic – Direct – Reactive- Sulphur – Natural] 2.2 Metal complex dye- stuffs 2.3 Theory of colour production 2.4 Principles of dye stuff manufacture- [Chromophore- chromogen, Auxophore, Bath chromes, Hypo chromes] 2.5 Manufacturing process of various dyestuffs 2.6 Colour matching –Colour circle-Technique of colour matching- Various terminologies 2.7 Chemical principles involved in dyeing 2.8 Theory of leather ageing 2.9 Different dyeing methods [Brush – Spray – Tray – Paddle- Drum] 2.10 Various dyeing techniques [Single bath, Double bath, sandwich method] 2.11 Introduction to dyeing auxiliaries [Leveling agent – Penetration – Fixatives – Mordant] 2.12 Role of Iso – electric point in dyeing 2.13 Tanning and de-tanning action of dyestuffs
UNIT – III 3. FAT LIQUORING
3.1 Theory of leather lubrication 3.2 Fat liquoring – [Definition, Objectives, Composition of fat liquor, Classification] 3.3 Saturated/unsaturated fatty acids 3.4 Iodine value – saponification value – Acid value 3.5 Natural oils – Manufacturing process of oil by- [Sulfation, Saponification, Bi-sulphitation, Oxidation] 3.6 Synthetic oils-Introduction, Manufacturing process [Chlorinated paraffin, Sulpho-chlorination, Esterification, Phosphorylation 3.7 Factors controlling fat liquoring 3.8 Effects of different oils on properties of leather 3.9 Disadvantages of natural fat liquor 3.10 Mechanism of fat liquoring 3.11 Currying/Stuffing • Definition • Objectives • Difference between fat liquoring and currying • Selection of oil for currying • Conditioning of oil • Various method of currying • Stuffing mixtures
UNIT – IV A. PRINICPLES OF LEATHER FINISHING
4.1 Introduction of leather finishing 4.2 Classification of leather finishing 4.3 Characteristics of finish 4.4 Theory of adhesion 4.5 Gloss and Gloss retention 4.6 Different layers of finish film Base – Intermediate – Top coat 4.7 Theory of film formation 4.8 Water proofing of leather 4.9 Types of leathers encountered for leather finishing
UNIT – V 5 .FINISHING MATERIALS
5.1 Composition of leather finish 5.2 Pigments • Definition • Properties • Classification in detail • Comparison between organic/inorganic pigment • Manufacturing process of pigments • Transformation of dyes – pigments • Application problems
5.3 Binders • Definition • Classification • Properties
5.4 Plasticizers - [Internal and external plasticization] 5.5 Lacquers- [Definition – properties – NC lacquer – manufacturing process] 5.6 Wax Properties, types, preparation of wax emulsion 5.7 Polyurethanes-[Properties – manufacturing process – chemistry and uses] 5.8 Finishing auxiliaries-[Feel modifiers, slip, and matt agents] 5.9 Preservatives
REFERENCE BOOKS: 1) Re-tanning, dyeing, fat liquoring – K.T Sarkar 2) Principles of leather manufacture – S.S Dutta 3) The chemistry and technology of leather – O’Flaherty, Roddy, Lollar, Vol – 2, 3.
POST TANNING AND FINISHING TECHNIQUES
UNIT- I 1. NEUTRALISATION AND RETANNING General Objectives:
• Comprehend on neutralization and its effects on various post tanning operations. • Understand the principles of re-tanning • Appreciate the objectives of combination tannage • Substantiate about syntans.
Specific Objectives:
• Write the objectives of neutralization • Mention the principles of neutralization • Define degree of neutralization • List the various neutralization chemicals. • Explain the effect of neutralization on various post tanning operations. • Describe the ideal condition for neutralization. • Define over neutralization. • Write the principles of re- tanning. • List out the various re-tanning materials. • Define Semi- Chroming. • State about chrome re-tanned leathers. • Write the principles of combination tannage. • Differentiate between Mineral and Vegetable tanned leathers. • Narrate the problems faced in re-tanning • Explain the Mechanism of Combination tannage. • Mention the uses of syntans. • Explain Dipole Theory. • Discuss the tanning power of syntans.
UNIT –II 2. DYEING General objectives:
• Understand the concepts of dyeing. • Comprehend the principles and manufacture of dye stuffs. • Substantiate colour matching.
Specific objectives: . • Write the classification of dyes. • Explain metal complex dye stuffs. • Describe the principles and theory of colour production. • Discuss the manufacturing process of various dye stuffs. • Explain colour matching. • Mention the principles involved in dyeing. • Describe the role of Iso-electric point in dyeing. • Write about tanning and de-tanning action of dye stuffs. • Discuss about various dyeing techniques. • Write about dyeing auxiliaries.
UNIT –III 3. FAT-LIQUORING General Objectives:
• Understand the theory of lubrication • Apprehend the concepts of fat-liquoring • Comprehend the manufacturing process of fat-liquor • Substantiate stuffing
Specific Objectives:
• Explain the theory of leather lubrication • Define fat- liquoring • Mention its objectives • Write the composition of fat- liquor • Classify fat- liquor • Define iodine value, acid value, and saponification value • List the various saturated and unsaturated fatty acids • Explain the manufacturing process of oil by sulphation, saponification, bi-sulphitation and oxidation • Discuss the manufacturing process of synthetic oils. • Write on factors controlling fat-liquoring • Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of natural fat- liquor. • Narrate on stuffing and its various methods.
UNIT- IV 4. PRINCIPLES OF LEATHER FINISHING
General Objectives:
• Understand about principles and techniques of leather finishing • Comprehend on film formation
Specific objectives:
• Classify leather finishes • Mention the characteristics of finish film • Write the theory of adhesion • Discuss about different layers of finish film • Explain the theory of film formation • Describe waterproofing of leathers • Mention different types of leathers encountered for finishing
UNIT-V 5. FINISHING MATERIALS
General Objectives: • Understand the composition of leather finish in detail
Specific Objectives:
• Write the composition of leather finish • Define pigments • Mention the properties of pigments • Classify pigments • Compare between organic and inorganic pigments • Discuss the manufacture process of pigments • Explain the transformation techniques of dyes to pigments • Describe the application [problems on using pigments • Define binders • Classify binders • Mention the properties of binders • Explain plasticizers • Discuss the role of PU in leather finishing • Describe the manufacturing process and properties of NC lacquers • Write on Finishing auxiliaries • Explain feel modifiers, slip and matt agents. • Explain Preservatives.
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION / EVALUATION:
S.NO TOPICS Q.NO HOURS TOTAL TOTAL ALLOTTED MARKS TO MARKS TO & (MARKS BE ASKED BE GIVEN) ANSWERED 1 Section – I 1 5+5 10 (from any unit) 2 Section – II 45 30
From unit – 1 2,3 12 (15+15) From unit- II 4 10 (15) 3 Section- III 45 30 From unit- II 5 (15) From unit – III 6,7 12 (15+!5) 4 Section – IV 45 30 From unit-IV 8 10(15) From unit- V 9,10 10 (15+15) TOTAL 145 100
POST TANNING AND FINISHING TECHNIQUES
Time: 3 hours Maximum marks: 100
Instructions : 1) Section – I is compulsory 2) Answer any 2 full questions each from section – II, III, IV respectively
Section – I
1. A) Fill in the blanks: 1X5 = 5 i. Neutralisation pH of upper leather is ______ii. Acid dyes are ______charged iii. Chromophore bearing substances are called as ______iv. ______is modified form of mersol v. Formula for linoleic acid is ______
B) Write a note in 1 or 2 sentences 1X5= 5 i) Syntans ii) Metal complex dye iii) Primary colours iv) Emulsifier v) Acid value
Section II
2 a) Explain the effect of neutralization on dyeing – (5) b) Write short notes on re-tanning __ (5) c) Differentiate between the properties of chrome and E.I. tan leathers -- (5)
3 a) Describe the mechanism of combination tannage. (6) b) Explain dipole theory of mechanism of tanning (6) c) Write the uses of syntans (3)
4 a) Discuss metal complex dyestuff (7) b) Write short notes on colour matching (5) c) What are auxochromes? (3) Section III
5 a) Explain sulphation process of manufacture of fat liquor (7) b) Write short notes on Immergan (5) c) What is iodine value? (3)
6a) Write short notes on factors controlling fat liquors (5) b) Differentiate between stuffing and fat liquoring (5) c) Explain the various methods of currying (5)
7a) Write the principle of dye stuff manufacture (8) b) Explain the role of Iso- electric point in dyeing (5) c) Define hue (2)
Section – IV
8 a) Explain the different layers of finish films? (8) b) Write short notes on classification of leather finish? (5) c) What is gloss? (2)
9 a) Difference between organic and inorganic pigments? (5) b) Write the transformation techniques of dyes to pigments (5) c) Write short notes on plasticizers? (5)
10 a) Explain the components of leather finish in detail (9) b) Mention the contents of leather emulsion (3) c) Write the classification of pigments (3)
------
Sub: LEATHER MANUFACTURING – I (HEAVY LEATHER MANUFACTURING)
Total hours: 64 Maximum Marks: 100 Hours/Week: 04 Internal Assessment Marks: 25
S.NO TITLE NO OF HRS ALLOTED UNIT - I GENERAL PRACTICES IN 10 LEATHER MANUFACTURING UNIT – II SOLE LEATHERS 10
UNIT – III HEAVY LEATHERS 12
UNIT – IV INDUSTRIAL LEATHERS 12
UNIT - V SPORTS GOODS LEATHERS 10
SEMINARS 06
TESTS / REVISION 04
LEATHER MANUFACTURING – I (HEAVY LEATHER MANUFACTUIRNG)
UNIT – I 1. GENERAL PRACTICES IN LEATHER MANUFACTURE
1.1 Live stock population – Availability of hides and skins 1.2 Principles of various pre tanning operations 1.3 Different practices of tanning 1.4 Principles and objectives of Stripping – sourcing – bleaching – myrobing – loading – oiling. 1.5 Objectives of following mechanical operations Samming – Splitting – Shaving – Setting-Staking – Dry drumming – Toggling- Plating – embossing – Ironing – Glazing – Buffing – Dusting 1.6 Manufacturing Process of Wet Blue 1.7 Manufacturing process of E.I. tan leather
UNIT – II 2 SOLE LEATHERS
2.1 Introduction, Properties and uses of sole leathers 2.2 Selection of raw material 2.3 Manufacturing Process of • Veg. Tan sole leather • Cr. Tan sole leather • Wax-Cr Tan sole leather • Flexible sole leather 2.4 Methods/criteria of water proofing of sole leather 2.5 Defects in sole leather 2.6 Manufacturing Process of bag tanned leather – properties and uses. 2.7 Production Technique of parchments – uses.
UNIT – III 3. HEAVY LEATHERS
3.1 Properties, uses, and various manufacturing process of • Harness and saddler leather • Luggage leather • Case leather • Welting leather • Bunwar and Kattai leather • Russet leather • Insoles • Upholstery leather • Box and Willow leather
UNIT – IV 4. INDUSTRIAL LEATHERS.
4.1 Various manufacturing process, properties and uses of • Belting leather • Roller leather • Combing leather • Lace leather Belting leathers • Pickers, Picking band leathers • Industrial glove leathers • Hydraulic/Mechanical leathers • Cup and pump leathers • Leather Washers • Oil seal leathers • Gas meter or Diaphragm leather • Condenser tape leathers • Lace leathers
UNIT – V 5. SPORTS GOODS LEATHER
5.1 Various manufacturing process, required properties, selection of Raw material for • Cricket ball leather • Hockey ball leather • Football leather • Rugby ball leather • Volley ball leather • Wicket keeper and batting gloves • Wicket keeper pads
LEATHER MANUFACTURING – I
UNIT –I 1. GENERAL PRACTICES IN LEATHER MANUFACTURE
General Objectives:
• To know about livestock population & availability • To explain various pre-tanning, Tanning and post-tanning techniques • To understand the manufacturing process of wet blue and E.I.
Specific Objectives:
• Write about livestock population • Describe the objectives of various pre-tanning operations • Discuss the practices of various tanning techniques. • Mention the methods of different post tanning techniques. • Explain the manufacturing process of wet blue. • Narrate the manufacturing process of E.I. • State the objectives of different mechanical operations
UNIT-II 2. SOLE LEATHERS
General Objectives:
• To understand the manufacturing process of different types of sole leathers • To comprehend the manufacturing process of bag tanning process. • To know about the production technique of parchments
Specific Objectives:
• Mention the properties and uses of sole leathers. • Discuss the manufacturing process of various types of sole leathers. • Explain various methods for water proofing of sole leathers. • List out the defects found in sole leather. • Describe the manufacturing process of bag tanned leather. • Explain the production technique of parchment leathers.
UNIT- III 3. HEAVY LEATHERS General Objectives:
• To understand the manufacturing process of various heavy leathers like harness, saddlery, upholstery, russet , welting leather etc Specific Objectives:
• Explain the manufacturing process, properties and uses of harness and saddlery leather • Discuss the manufacturing process, properties and uses of luggage leather • Describe the manufacturing process, properties and uses of case leathers • Narrate the manufacturing process, properties and uses of welting leathers. • Write the manufacturing process, properties and uses of Bunwar and kattai leathers. • Write the manufacturing process, properties and uses of russet leathers • Write a note on manufacturing technique of insoles. • Discuss the manufacturing process of upholstery leathers. • Describe the manufacturing process, properties and uses of Box and willow leathers
UNIT- IV 4. INDUSTRIAL LEATHERS
General Objectives:
• To understand the manufacturing process , properties and uses of various industrial leathers like belting, pickers, industrial gloves, oil seal leathers, mechanical leathers, diaphragm and combing leathers etc
Specific Objectives:
• Write a note on the selection of raw materials for different industrial leathers. • State the criteria for selection of tanning for different industrial leathers • List out the properties and uses of various Industrial leathers. • Describe the manufacturing process of belting leathers. • Narrate the production technique of parchment leathers. • Explain the manufacturing process of industrial glove leathers. • Describe the manufacturing process of cup and pump leathers. • Discuss the production of leather washers. • Explain the manufacturing process of Oil seal leathers. • Narrate the manufacturing process of Diaphragm leathers. • Write the manufacturing process of Roller leathers. • Explain the manufacturing process of Condenser tape leather. • Discuss the manufacturing process of Combing leather. • Describe the manufacturing process of Lace leathers.
UNIT- V 5. SPORTS GOODS LEATHER General Objectives:
• Comprehend the manufacturing process, properties and selection of raw material and tannage for the following sports goods like cricket ball leather, hockey ball leather, leathers for wicket keeper and batting gloves and pads etc
Specific Objectives:
• Mention the properties of various sports goods. • Write about selection of raw materials. • State the Criteria for tannage. • Explain the manufacture process of Cricket ball leather. • Describe the manufacture process of Hockey ball leather. • Discuss the manufacturing process of Foot ball leather. • Narrate the manufacturing process of Rugby ball leather • Write the manufacturing process of Volley ball leather • Explain the manufacture process of Wicket keeper and batting Gloves . • Discuss the fabrication of wicket keeper pads.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1) The manufacture of sole and heavy leathers – Humphreys GHW and Jones. 2) A practical guide to heavy leather processing – Choichi Ogiveria ( Leather Research Centre – Karachi – 1980) 3) CLRI – Process Bullet in.
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION / EVALUATION:
S.NO TOPICS Q.NO HOURS TOTAL TOTAL ALLOTTED MARKS TO MARKS TO & (MARKS BE ASKED BE GIVEN) ANSWERED 1 Section – I 1 5+5 10 (from any unit) 2 Section – II 45 30
From unit – 1 2 12 (15) From unit- II 3,4 10 (15+15) 3 Section- III 45 30 From unit- III 5,6 (15+15) From unit – IV 7 12 (15) 4 Section – IV 45 30 From unit-IV 8 10(15) From unit- V 9,10 10 (15+15) TOTAL 145 100
LEATHER MANUFACTURING – I
Maximum marks: 100 Time: 3 hours Instructions: 1) Section – I is compulsory 2) Answer any 2 full questions each from section – II, III, IV respectively
Section – I 1. A) Fill in the blanks: 1X5 =5 1. Pickling PH is ______2. Chemicals used for loading are ______and ______3. Buffing on grain side is called ______4. ______Tanning is done to manufacture sports goods. 5. Zirconium tanning produce ______leather
B) Write a note in 1 or 2 sentences. 1X5 = 5 1. Myrobing 2. Splitting 3. Bunwar leathers 4. Wax Chrome sole leather 5. Russet leather
Section – II
2a) Explain the manufacturing process of wet blue from wet salted goat skins (8) b) Write short notes on loading (5) c) Mention the objectives of setting (2)
3) a) Explain the manufacturing process of vegetable tan sole leather (7) b) Mention the criteria and methods of water proofing of sole leather (5) c) Write the defects found in sole leather (3)
4) a) Explain the manufacturing process of bag tanned leather (8) b) List out the properties of sole leather (4) c) Write the uses of parchments (3)
Section III
5 a) Describe the manufacturing process of harness leather (9) b) Write the properties of insoles leather (3) c) Mention the objectives of staking (3)
6 a) Describe the properties of manufacturing process of Upholstery leather (8) b) Write sort notes on properties of box and willow leather (5) c) Mention the uses of saddler leather (2)
7 a) Explain the manufacturing process of pickers (7) b) Write the properties of Industrial glove leather (5) c) Mention the uses of leather washers (3)
Section – IV
8 a) Explain the manufacturing process of diaphragm leather (7) b) Write the properties of condenser tape leather (4) c) Mention the uses of roller leather (4)
9 a) Explain the manufacturing process of cricket ball leather (8) b) Write short notes on white leather (5) c) Mention the properties of wicket keeper gloves (2)
10 a) Explain the manufacturing process of foot ball leather (8) b) List out the properties of rugby ball leather (4) c) Mention the objectives of stripping (4)
------
SUB: FOOTWEAR SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY-I
Hrs/week-4 I.A- 25 marks
Total hours-64 Exam-100marks
Exam hours-03
Sl.No Unit Title No. of Hrs.
Anatomy of human foot and foot measurement of 1 I 12 Last
2 II Classification of Foot Wear 05
3 III Types of Leather and Non Leather Upper Material 12
4 IV Foot Wear Components 08
5 V Designing and Pattern Making 08
6 VI Clicking 09
7 VII Seminar 06
8 VIII Test 04
FOOTWEAR SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY-I
UNIT--I
1. ANATOMY OF HUMAN FOOT, FOOT MEASUREMENT AND LAST 1.1 Basic Structure of human foot 1.2 Bones-Joints, Ligaments, Muscles 1.3 Arches of the foot 1.4 Ossification 1.5 Functions of the foot 1.6 Common foot abnormalities 1.7 Biometry of human foot 1.8 Technique of foot measurement 1.9 Measurement from the foot plan. 1.10 Fitting of the shoe. 1.11 Parameters to be measured on the foot 1.12 Foot comfort and their relationship to the foot wear. 1.13 Different Sizing systems Conversion and Sizing 1.14 Definition and classification of the Last. 1.15 Types of Last and Manufacturing Process 1.16 Parts of the Last and its Terminology 1.17 Difference between Human feet and last UNIT - II
2. CLASSIFICATION OF FOOT WEAR 2.1 Types of foot wear 2.2 Biomechanics of Human Foot and general shoe engineering technique. 2.2 Sport shoes and their characteristics _Track & Field shoes 2.3wear. Manufacturing Technology of Sports Events shoe designs, orthopedic foot 2.4 Safety footwear manufacture. UNIT-III
3. TYPES OF LEATHER AND NON LEATHER MATERIAL 3.1 Types of Leather used for manufacture of foot wear 3.2 Properties of leather 3.3 Leather an Ideal Material for shoe making 3.4 Fabrics- Basic woven designs, knitting, Non-woven
3.4 Coated Fabrics-polyvinyl chloride, polyurethane coated Fabrics 3.5 Poromerics 3.5 Comparison between Leather and non leather materials UNIT-IV
4. FOOT WEAR COMPONENTS AND GRINDRIES 4.1 Different types of soling materials- Leather, MCR, PVC, PU, TPR, EVA, Manufacturing processes properties, uses and its identification. 4.2 Different types of Insoles 4.3 Different types of toe puffs 4.4 Different types of Stiffness and Counters 4.5 Adhesives- principles of adhesion, classes of adhesives, Qualities required for Sole bonding 4.6 Types of shanks 4.7 Types of bottom fillers 4.8 Types of heels 4.9 Abrasives 4.10 Shoe tack nails 4.11 Eyelets 4.12 Needles 4.13 Threads 4.14 Slide Fastness UNIT-V
5. DESIGNING AND PATTERN MAKING 5.1 Basis of Design-Purpose, material and method. 5.2 Functions of a shoe designer. 5.3 Methods of upper designing. 5.4 Preparation of Standard making and sectional patterns. 5.5 Bottom designing –Insole pattern, Socks, stiffener. 5.6 Major CAD Systems available for footwear and hand ware requirements 5.7 Principles of Grading. UNIT-VI
6. CLICKING TECHNOLOGY
1.1 Methods of Clicking 1.2 Characteristics and Variation in Leather 1.3 Defects in Leather and Leather Sorting. 1.4 Responsibilities of Clicker. 1.5 Clicking by Laser beam and Water jet. 1.6 Clicking of Various parts of the shoe-upper leather, lining, socks, and fabric. 1.7 Qualities required in a clicker. 1.8 Assessment of Leather Consumption for Cutting. 1.9 Difference between hand cutting and press cutting. 1.10 Importance of light and humidity in clicking department.
UNIT-I
1. ANATOMY OF HUMAN FOOT, FOOT MEASUREMENT AND LAST
General Objectives
• To understand the structure of foot, functions and common abnormalities. • To understand foot measurement parameters, fitting and foot care. • Define last, its classification and manufacturing process. Specific Objectives • To know the basic structure of the foot. • To understand various types of foot abnormalities. • Define and discuss in detail about foot measurement, fitting and foot care. • itsDiscuss various aspects of shoe last classification ,manufacturing process and Terminology. UNIT-II
2. CLASSIFICATION OF FOOT WEAR
General Objectives:
• To under stand the Biomechanics of human foot and study about various types of sports shoes.
Specific objectives: • To study Biomechanics and shoe engineering technique . • Understand the manufacturing process of sports, industrial and orthopedic Shoes.
UNIT-III 3. TYPES OF LEATHER AND NON LEATHER UPPER MATERIALS General Objectives:
• To know the different types of leather and non leather materials used for shoe making.
Specific Objectives: • materiaTo understandls. various types of leather and non leather upper
• State the properties of leather. • Differentiate properties of leather and non leather. • Manufacture of 3 rd generation man made upper material poromeric.
UNIT-IV
4. FOOT WEAR COMPONENTS AND GRINDRIES
General Objectives: • shoTo understande. various types of foot wear components used to construct a
• makingTo know about various types of grinderies and chemicals used for shoe process.
Specific Objectives: • To study in detail various types of visible and invisible foot wear components and its properties etc. • To explain various types of threads and their properties. • Explain types of needles, parts and manufacturing process. • Explain types of bottom fillers and abrasives. • Explain different types of shoe tack nails, eyelets, slide fasteners. • Explain main classes of adhesives. • Explain the property of different types of adhesive. UNIT –V
5. DESIGNING AND PATTERN MAKING General Objectives: • CADExplain various methods of Upper and bottom designing, grading using Technique.
Specific Objectives: • To study various methods of shoe designing. • To understand methods of grading shoe components.
• To know the importance and use of CAD in shoe designing. UNIT-VI
6. CLICKING TECHNOLOGY
General Objectives:
• To under stand the process and activities carried out in clicking department and importance related to light, humidity and safety.
Specific Objectives: • To Know the principles and qualities of good clicker. • To know various tools and equipment used.
• To know new development in clicking process. • To know safety and importance of light and humidity in clicking area. • Comparison between hand and machine clicking. • Discuss on quality control of clicked components.
REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Comprehensive Footwear technology – Somenath Ganguly. 2. Manual of shoe making- Clarks. 3. Introduction to Modern Footwear Technology- B.Venkatappiah. 4. Modern Shoe Technology- I. Varghese. 5. Footwear Materials and process Technology- A.J.Harvey. 6. Textbook of Footwear manufacture-J.H.Thornton. 7. Textbook of Footwear materials-J.H.Thornton. 8. The Complete Hand book on Athletic Foot Wear by Melvyn Cheskin.. 9. The1989. orthopedic shoe indication and presentation VCH Publication FL USA
SCHEME OF EXAMINTION / EVALUATION:
Total marks Total marks Hrs Sl.no Courses for questions for questions allotted to be marked to be attempt 1 Section –I Five fill in the blanks has to be set, each carrying one mark from any 05 05 unit One short notes for section I b) carrying 5 marks from any of the 05 O5 unit 2 Section –II Unit I & II ,15X3 questions 17 45 30 3 Section –III Unit III& IV 15X3 questions 20 45 30 4 Section-IV Unit V & VI 15X3 questions 17 45 100
Total 54 145 100
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
FOOTWEAR SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY -I
Time -3 hours Maximum Marks - 100
Note:
1) Answer all Questions in all inclusive of Question No.1 of Section I which is compulsory.
2) Answer two full questions each from sections II, III, IV.
SECTION I
1. a) Fill in the Blanks 1 x 5 =5
i) The small bones of the foot are______in shape.
ii) ______are used in Athletic Shoes.
iii) Weight bearing is one of the ______of the foot.
iv) ______is called as the 3rd Generation Synthetic Material.
v) Abbreviation of PVC Sole is Poly ______.
b) Write short on the phalanges group of the foot bones (5)
SECTION II
2. ofa) Define the Arches of the foot with diagram. What are the different arches The foot? Explain. (3)b) Write about the techniques of foot measurements.
(3)c) Write about the different parameters to be measured on the foot.
3. a) Write in detail about Track and Field shoes. b) Mention any 2 types of the last and write in 2 to 3 sentence each. c) Define Size System? Mention the different Size Systems?
4. a) Write any 8 differences between human foot and last. (8) (5) b) Write about the main functions of the foot.
c) Define the biomechanics of human foot?
SECTION III
5. a) Explain the difference between Toe Puff and Stiffeners. Write about different Types of Puffs and its properties. (9) b) Explain briefly why Leather is an ideal material for shoe making? (3). c) Define Stencil. (3)
6. a) What is a shank? Why is Shank used in footwear? Explain the types Of Shanks used. (7) b) Write short notes on Poromeric Material. (4) . c) Draw the lines of maximum stretchiness and lines of minimum tightness on the skin . (4)
7. a) Write any four comparison between leather and non leather materials. (8) b) Mention the properties of good Adhesive . (5) c) What are the 2 types of Footwear? (2)
SECTION IV
8. a) What are the principles of Clicking ? write the qualities of a good clicker. (9).
b) Explain the functions of the Designer. (3) c) Write in one sentence each about the Leather board, Fiber Board, and Layer Board. (3)
9. a) Why leather sorting is necessary in a production unit? (7) b) Write short notes on Computer Aided Designing. (4) c) What is a mean forme? Describe. (4)
10. a) Write the process of designing a shoe when a mean forme is given to you. (8) b) What are slide fastness and Eyelets? Where is it used? Explain. (5) c) Define grading of Pattern. (2)
------
SUB: SHOE DESIGNING
Hrs/Week- 06 IA = 25 Marks Exam = 100 Marks Total Hrs-96 Hrs = 6
1) Draw the neat sketch of the hide, label the parts with description, Draw the lines of stretchiness and tightness on the hide and trace a pair of Derby Shoe upper Components to be clicked. 2) Describe and draw neat sketches of various types of tools used for open and closed types of Footwear. 3) Pattern Cutting Exercises. 4) Draw the sketch of Gents Chappal and ladies chappal and name the Parts. 5) Manual designing of Gents chappal. 6) Manual designing of Ladies Chappal. 7) Draw the sketches of Plain Derby shoe, Toe Cap Derby shoe, Monk shoe, Oxford shoe, Court shoe and name the components. 8) Manual designing for Plain Derby, Toe Cap Derby, Oxford ,and Court shoe – Mean Forme, Upper Standard, Upper Stencil , Upper pattern, Upper Closing pattern, Lining Standard, Lining Stencil, Lining pattern, Lining closing pattern. 9) Designing and pattern cutting by CAD 2D and 3D -Basic manual of shoe pattern making, Master pattern size shell, creating net patterns, Adding allowances and Markers, Adding notches and text, Grading the shell, Group grading, Import DXF files and collects patterns, Out the cutting files, Save the cutting files.
Equipment List: Design Cutting Board - 20 CAD Software 2D and 3D with Scanner – 2 Nos. Computer – 20 Nos. PVC Last – 20 Nos.
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
1) Any one of the shoe designing by manual and any one of the shoe designing by computer aided designing by 2D or 3D method and each carries 40 marks each.
SCHEME OF VALUATION
1) Standard 10 Stencil 05 Upper patterns 05 Closing patterns 05 Lining Stencil 05 Lining patterns 05 Lining closing patterns 05
40 X 2= 80
2) Record 10
3) Viva 10
Total 100
SUB: CHEMICAL ANALYSIS – I
Total hours: 96 hours Maximum marks: 100 Hours/Week: 6 hours Internal assessment marks: 25 Exam Duration: 6 hours
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
I Analysis of water: 1) Determination of chloride content 2) Determination of sulphate content 3) Determination of iron content 4) Determination of hardness of water
II Analysis of lime: 5) Determination of purity of lime 6) Determination of chloride available lime 7) Determination of total bases
III Analysis of Sulphides: 8) Determination of sulphide content
IV Analysis of salt: 9) Determination of % purity of salt 10) Determination of moisture content
V Analysis of De-liming Agents: 11) Analysis of purity of ammonium salts 12) Estimation of purity of boric acids
VI) 13) Analysis of pickle liquor (HCl – NaCl system)
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
1. Two estimations and each carries 40 marks
SCHEME OF EVALUATION:
1. Aim : 02 2. Principle : 03 3. Procedure : 10 4. Observation : 10 5. Tabulation : 05 6. Calculations : 05 7. Result : 05
Total : 40 marks
For 2 questions 40 X2 = 80
8. Record : 10 9. Viva voce : 10
Total : 100 marks
LIST OF APPARATUS /EQUIPMENTS REQUIRED:
• Hot Air Oven • White tiles • Burette (50ml) - 20 • Burette stand with clamp – 20 • Pipette (20ml) - 20 • Conical flask (250ml) - 20 • Standard flask (250ml) - 20 • Petri dish - 20 • glass rod - 20 • Beaker (100ml,250ml) -20 each • water bath - 2 • Bunsen burner • Test tubes (10ml) - 200 • Test tube holders - 20 • Test tube stand - 20 • Reagent bottles - 50
SUB: TANNERY PRACTICE – II
Total hours: 96 hours Maximum marks: 100 Hours/Week: 6 hours Internal assessment marks: 25 Duration of exam: 6 hours
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Manufacturing process of E.I. tanned sole leather 2. Manufacturing process of cr. tanned sole leather 3. Manufacturing process of water proof sole leather 4. Manufacturing process of harness and saddler leather 5. Manufacturing process of belting leather 6. Manufacturing process of industrial glove leather
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION 1) One manufacturing process for 40 marks 2) Processing carries 40 marks
SCHEME OF EVALUATION: 1) Index (Title, R/M – other specifications) : 05 2) Sequential operations : 05 3) Process details : 15 4) Process description : 15 5) Processing, observation and inference : 40 6) Record : 10 7) Viva : 10 TOTAL : 100
IV- SEMESTER
SUB: LEATHER MANUFACTURING – II (LIGHT LEATHER MANUFACTURE)
Total hours: 64 hours Maximum marks: 100 Hours/Week: 4 hours Internal assessment marks: 25
S.NO TITLE HOURS ALLOCATED UNIT – I UPPER AND LINING LEATHERS 12
UNIT – II OTHER LIGHT LEATHERS 12
UNIT – III SPECIAL PURPOSE LEATHERS 10
UNIT – IV EXOTIC LEATHERS 10
UNIT – V VARIOUS UPGRADATION 10 TECHNIQUES SEMINARS 06
TESTS / REVISION 04
LEATHER MANUFACTURING – II (LIGHT LEATHER MANUFACTURE)
UNIT – I 1. UPPER AND LINING LEATHERS
1.1) Manufacturing process of upper leather from various raw material 1.2) Manufacturing process of softy leathers 1.3) Manufacturing process of milled leathers 1.4) Manufacturing process of roller calf leathers 1.5) Manufacturing process of white leathers 1.6) Manufacturing process of Nappa leathers 1.7) Manufacturing process of Cabretta leathers 1.8) Manufacturing process of Lining leathers
UNIT – II 2. OTHER LIGHT LEATHERS
2.1) Manufacturing process of shoe suede 2.2) Manufacturing process of Garment suede 2.3) Manufacturing process of hunting suede 2.4) Manufacturing process of waterproof suede 2.5) Manufacturing process of Grain Garment leather 2.6) Manufacturing process of Glove leather 2.7) Manufacturing process of shrunken grain leather 2.8) Manufacturing process of Glazed kid 2.9) Manufacturing process of Crushed kid 2.10) Manufacturing process of chamois leathers
UNIT – III 3. OTHER SPECIAL LEATHERS
3.1) Manufacturing process of Nubuck leather 3.2) Manufacturing process of Morocco or Hard Grain Leather 3.3) Manufacturing process of Pleated leathers 3.4) Manufacturing process of book binding leathers 3.5) Manufacturing process of Oil pull up leathers 3.6) Manufacturing process of Burnishable leathers 3.7) Manufacturing process of Water proof leathers 3.8) Manufacturing process of Zug Grain leathers 3.9) Split processing including pig skins 3.10) Split processing of C.G. upper
UNIT – IV 4. EXOTIC LEATHERS
4.1) Manufacturing process of crocodile leathers 4.2) Manufacturing process of Lizard leathers 4.3) Manufacturing process of Snake leathers 4.4) Manufacturing process of Seal skin leathers 4.5) Introduction to fish skin processing 4.6) Fur technology and dressing of fur skins (rabbit) 4.7) Hair on tanning
UNIT – V 5. VARIOUS UPGRADATION TECHNIQUES
5.1) Patent finish 5.2) Embossing and patent finish 5.3) Screen and block and printing 5.4) Roller coating and curtain coating 5.5) Lamination technique 5.6) Transfer foil technique 5.7) Two tone finish 5.8) Tie/dye leathers 5.9) Nappalan finish 5.10) Crush and Antique effect 5.11) Metal tipping 5.12) Easy care and rub off finishes
REFERENCE BOOKS: 1) The manufacture of upper leathers – D.H. Tuck 2) Gloving, clothing, and special leathers – P.S. Brigg 3) CLRI – Process Bullet- ins
LEATHER MANUFACTURING – II
UNIT- I 1 UPPER AND LINING LEATHERS General Objectives:
• To understand about manufacturing process of different types of upper leathers from various raw materials • To comprehend on manufacturing process of lining leathers from different raw materials.
Specific Objectives:
• Describe the manufacturing process of upper leathers with properties and uses. • Explain the manufacturing process of various softy leathers • Discuss about the manufacturing process of natural milled leathers • Narrate the manufacturing process of roller calf leathers • Write the production technique of white leathers • Explain the manufacturing process of nappa leathers • Describe the manufacturing process of cabretta leathers • Discuss on the manufacturing details of lining leathers
UNIT –II 2 OTHER LIGHT LEATHERS
General Objectives:
• To know about the manufacture of Various types of suede leathers • To understand the manufacture process of glove leathers • To illustrate the process technique of glazed and crushed kid leathers
Specific Objectives:
• Explain the manufacturing process of garment suede • Describe the manufacturing process of shoe suede • Discuss on grain garment leathers • Narrate the manufacturing process of shrunken grain leathers • Write the manufacturing process of glove leathers • Explain the manufacturing process of glazed kid leathers • Describe the manufacturing process of crushed leathers.
UNIT –III 3 OTHER SPECIAL OTHERS
General Objectives:
• To understand the manufacturing process of nubuck leathers • To know about the manufacturing process of morocco, book-binding leathers, Zug- grain leathers • To comprehend on slit processing
Specific Objectives:
• Explain the manufacturing process of nubuck leathers • Describe the manufacturing process of morocco leathers • Discuss the manufacturing process of Book- binding leathers • Narrate the manufacturing process of oil pull-up and burnish leathers • Write the manufacturing process of zug grain leathers • Discuss on slit processing • Describe the manufacturing process of C.G. leathers
UNIT- IV 4. EXOTIC LEATHERS
General Objectives:
• Understand the manufacturing process of reptiles like snake, lizard, crocodile etc • Introduce the concepts of fish skin processing • Know about fur technology
Specific Objectives:
• Explain the manufacturing process of crocodile leathers • Describe the manufacturing process of lizard leathers • Discuss the manufacturing process of snake leathers • Narrate the manufacturing process of seal skin leathers • Write the processing of fish skins • Describe on dressing of fur skins
UNIT- V 5. VARIOUS UPGRADATION TECHNIQUES:
General Objectives:
• Understand about various up-gradation techniques
Specific Objectives:
• Write about patent finish • Mention about embossing • Explain curtain and roller coating • Describe screen and block printing • State the techniques of two tone finish • Discuss about transfer foil techniques and lamination techniques • Mention the practice of tie and dye leathers • List the process of nappalan finish • Write the process of crush and antique effect • State about metal tipping • Explain easy care and rub off finishes
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION / EVALUATION:
TOPICS Q.NO HOURS TOTAL TOTAL S.NO ALLOTTED MARKS TO MARKS TO & (MARKS BE ASKED BE GIVEN) ANSWERED 1 Section – I 1 5+5 10 (from any unit) 2 Section – II 45 30
From unit – 1 2 12 (15) From unit- II 3,4 12 (15+15) 3 Section- III 45 30 From unit- III 5,6 (15+15) From unit – IV 7 10 (15) 4 Section – IV 45 30 From unit-IV 8 10(15) From unit- V 9,10 10 (15+15) TOTAL 145 100
LEATHER MANUFACTURING – II (LIGHT LEATHER MANUFACTURE)
Maximum marks: 100 Time: 3 hours Instructions: 1) Section – I is compulsory 2) Answer any 2 full questions each from section – II, III, IV respectively
Section – I
1) A) Fill in the blanks: 1X5 = 5 1) Zirconium tanning produce ______leather 2) Neutralisation PH of upper leather is ____ 3) ______is an important property of glove leather 4) Zug grain leather is used to make ______5) The characteristic feature of suede leather is ______
B) Write a note in 1 or 2 sentences: 1X5 = 5 1. Run 2. Staking 3. Glazing 4. Metal tipping 5. Morocco leather
Section – II
2) a) Describe the process of full chrome cow milled leather (9) b) Mention the objectives of Dry drumming (3) c) What is Toggling? (3)
3 a) Explain the manufacturing process of sheep cabretta (8) b) List out the properties of upper leather (4) c) Mention the uses of Roller calf leather (3)
4 a) Explain the process of full chrome goat shrunken grain (8) b) Mention the properties of glove leather (5) c) Write the objectives of stripping (2)
Section – III
5 a) Explain the manufacturing process of semi chrome garment suede (8) b) Write short notes on water proofing of suede leather (5) c) Mention the properties of grain garment leather (2)
6a) Explain the manufacturing process of semi chrome buff burnish upper (9) b) Mention the characteristics of nubuck leather (3) c) List the uses of Zug - grain leather (3)
7 a) Describer the manufacturing process of book binding leather (7) b) Write short notes on split processing (5) c) What is souring? (3)
Section – IV
8 a) Explain the dressing of fur skins (8) b) Write the theory of water proofing leather (5) c) What are enzymes? (2)
9 a) Explain the curtain coating (7) b) Write a recipe of normal resin finish (4) c) What is tie and dye leathers (4)
10 a) Narrate in detail about degradation o f leather (9) b) Write a note on Two tone finish (3) c) What is Transfer foil technique (3)
------
SUB: LEATHER MACHINERY
Total hours: 64 hours Maximum marks: 100 Hours/Week: 4 hours Internal assessment marks: 25
S.NO TITLE HOURS ALLOCATED UNIT – I LOCATION OF TANNERY 10
UNIT – II TANNERY MACHINES 12
UNIT - III FINISHING MACHINES 12
UNIT – IV DRYING TECHNIQUES 10
UNIT – V FOOTWEAR MACHINES 10
SEMINARS 06
TESTS / REVISION 04
LEATHER MACHINERY
UNIT – I 1. LOCATION OF TANNERY:
1.1) Selection of site – infrastructural facilities 1.2) Lay out of tannery – Different sections – machine 1.3) Construction of pit – Provision for sewage- Planning for good ventilation, lighting, etc 1.4) Requirement of good quality of water – Construction of over head tank – provision for water lines for the process 1.5) In plant safety 1.6) Study of pumps – hydraulic pressure, steam, and Enthalpy.
UNIT – II 2. TANNERY MACHINES: 2.1) Introduction 2.2) Roller type machines 2.3) Non roller type machines 2.4) Construction of drums - Capacity of drums -Diameter/Revolution relationship - Rpm of drums -Advantages, disadvantages of wooden drums 2.5) Paddles 2.6 ) Construction/Working Principles of various machines with neat sketch • Unhairing • Flushing (Rubber roll and through feed) • Scudding • Sammying • Setting (Drum setting and rubber roll) • Splitting – band knife • Shaving 2.7) General maintenance, repair – specifications.
UNIT – III 3. FINISHING MACHINES
3.1 Construction details and working principles, sketches of • Staking machine (Slocomb – Rotary – Schlagater system) • Molissa • Boarding machine • Buffing machine (Throat type – through feed) - dedusting • Glazing machine • Hydraulic press • Gloria type embossing machine • Ironing machine • Spraying booth – spray gun – various spray patterns – Auto spray • Pinwheel measuring machine • Digital measuring machine
3.2 General maintenance, repair – Specifications
UNIT – IV 4. DRYING TECHNIQUES 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Laws of gases 4.3 Evaporation 4.4 Energy and mass transfer during drying – principles 4.5 Bound, unbound, free water – equilibrium moisture content 4.6 Rate of drying curves 4.7 Constant drying rate period and falling rate 4.8 Humidification and dehumidification of air 4.9 Reheating of air 4.10 Dryers – classification 4.11 Controls in leather drying 4.12 Fans, Blowers, Radiators, Ducting, 4.13 Various methods of drying - Convection drying Other Alternative methods • Hanging • Drying under tension (Nailing and toggling) • Paste drying • Vacuum drying • Radiant heat drying • High frequency drying • Heat pump system • Fluid bed drying • High velocity air dryers • Freeze drying • Solvent drying
UNIT – V 5 FOOT WEAR MACHINES
5.1) Construction and working principles of
• Sewing machine Flat bed, post bed, cylindrical • Skiving machine • Hydraulic clicking press • Strap cutting machine • Lasting machine • Sole attaching machine
REFERENCE BOOKS: 1) Leather Technicians Hand Book – J.H. Sharphouse 2) Practical leather Technology - T.C. Thornstenson 3) Automatic spraying machine for leather production, their operation, and maintenance – S. N. Price.
LEATHER MACHINERY
UNIT- I 1. LOCATION OF TANNERY
General Objectives: • To understand the criteria for selection of site for tannery and other infra- structural facilities required • To study on various types of pumps
Specific Objectives: • Describe the criteria for selection of site for tannery. • Discuss about various infra- structural facilities required for tannery • Write about in-plant safety • Draw the lay- out of tannery • Mention the various sections and machines required • Narrate about pumps and differentiate between them • Explain the concepts of hydraulic pressure • Describe the principles of steam and enthalpy
UNIT- II 2. TANNERY MACHINES
General Objectives: • To understand the various types of machines • To know about construction details , working principles, Sketches and general maintenance of different machines Specific Objectives: • Write about roller type of machines • Explain non roller type if machines • Describe the construction and capacity of drums • Mention the advantages and disadvantages of wooden drums • Derive a relationship between diameter and revolution of drums • Calculate r.p.m. of drums • Discuss on paddles • Draw and explain the working principles of unhairing machine • Draw and describe about fleshing machines • Explain the working of samming machine with neat sketch • Describe the construction of setting machine • Narrate the working of splitting machine • Discuss about the construction of shaving machine
UNIT- III 3. FINISHING MACHINES
General Objectives • To understand the construction details and working principles, sketch of various finishing machines • To introduce about general maintenance and specifications Specific Objectives: • Draw and explain staking machine • Describe the concepts of buffing and de- dusting • Discuss about glazing machine • Narrate on hydraulic press • Describe spray booth with different spray patterns • Explain about auto-spray and spray gun • Mention about the repair and general maintenance of auto spray • Draw and explain pin wheel measuring machine
UNIT- IV 4. VARIOUS DRYING TECHNIQUES
General Objectives: • To understand the concepts of drying • To introduce various methods of drying Specific Objectives: • Define law of gases • State evaporation • Write the principles of energy and mass transfer during drying • Explain the rate of drying curves • Describe the constant drying rate period and falling rate • Discuss about various drying techniques • Narrate about vacuum drying
UNIT- V 5. FOOTWEAR MACHINES General Objectives: • To understand the working principles of footwear machines Specific Objectives: • Explain the working principles of sewing machines • Draw and explain needle • Define seam, feed • Draw and explain Skiving machine • Draw the principles of hydraulic clicking press • Discuss the construction and working of strap cutting machines • Explain lasting machine with neat sketch • Explain about sole attaching machine
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION / EVALUATION:
S.NO TOPICS Q.NO HOURS TOTAL TOTAL ALLOTTED MARKS TO MARKS TO & (MARKS BE ASKED BE GIVEN) ANSWERED 1 Section – I 1 5+5 10 (from any unit) 2 Section – II 45 30
From unit – 1 2,3 10 (15+15) From unit- II 4 12 (15) 3 Section- III 45 30 From unit- II 5 (15) From unit- III 6,7 (15+15) 4 Section – IV 45 30 From unit-IV 8,9 10(15+15) From unit- V 10 10 (15) TOTAL 145 100
LEATHER MACHINERY
Maximum marks: 100 Time: 3 hours Instructions: 1) Section – I is compulsory 2) Answer any 2 full questions each from section – II, III, IV respectively
Section – I 1 A) Fill in the blanks: 1X5 = 5
1. The quantity of water required to process 1000 kg of raw hides and skins are ______2. Poor fleshing causes difficulty in ______3. Capacity of drum ______4. Row of stitches are called as ______5. Reciprocating pumps are ____ in displacement
b) Write a note on 1 or 2 sentences: 1X5 = 5 1) Gutter 2) Priming 3) Splitting 4) Stitch 5) Snuffing
Section – II
2) A. Draw the layout of tannery. (6) B. Write short notes on criteria for selection of site for tannery (4) C. Write short notes on In-plant safety (5)
3 A) Differentiate between centrifugal and reciprocating pumps (6) B) Explain the working principle of single acting reciprocating pump (6) C) What is enthalpy? (3)
4 A) Derive a relationship between diameter and revolution of drum (6) B) Draw splitting machine and name it (5) C) Write a note on roller type machine (4)
Section – III
5 A) Explain the working principles of rubber roll flushing machine with neat sketch (7) B) Write a note on general maintenance of samming machine (5) C) Mention the disadvantages of wooden drum (3)
6 A) Explain the principles of molissa staking with neat diagram (7) B) Draw spray gun and name it (5) C) Differentiate between plating and embossing (3)
7A) Describe the spray patterns in detail (6) B) Draw pin wheel measuring machine and name it (6) C) Mention the objectives of staking (3)
Section – IV
8 A) Explain the method of vacuum drying (7) B) Write the laws of gases (3) C) Write the principles of energy and mass transfer during drying (5)
9 A) Write short notes on Toggling (5) B) Brief down the principles of paste drying (5) C) Find the rate of drying curves (5)
10 A) Draw skiving machine and name it (5) B) Explain the working principles of lasting machine (5) C) Draw needle and explain (5)
SUB: LEATHER AUXILIARIES
Total hours: 64 hours Maximum marks: 100 Hours/Week: 4 hours Internal assessment marks: 25
S.NO TOPICS HOURS ALLOTED UNIT – I SURFACTANTS 12
UNIT – II POLYMERS 12
UNIT – III SYNTANS AND OTHER RESINS 10
UNIT – IV OTHER AUXILIARIES 10
UNIT – V FINISHING AUXILIARIES 10
SEMINARS 06
TESTS / REVISION 04
LEATHER AUXILIARIES
UNIT – 1 1. SURFACTANTS:
1.1) Introduction to concepts of dispersed phase, continuous phase – hydrophobic, hydrophilic balance – cohesive, adhesive force – suspensions, emulsions, colloidal solutions 1.2) Surface tension and surface active agents – surfactants and its classification 1.3) Role of surfactants in leather processing 1.4) Emulsifiers, emulsifying agents, theories of emulsions – wetting agents and theory of wetting – dispersing agents- dye levelling agents and penetrator 1.5) Mordant, fixatives, humectants. 1.6) Biodegradability of surfactants 1.7) Preservatives – Nature, chemistry, and classification
UNIT – II 2. POLYMERS
2.1) Introduction - monomer, polymers – concepts of macromolecule, natural and synthetic polymers – orientation in polymers 2.2) Mechanism of polymerisation – Addition (E.g.: polythene, PVC) & condensation ,( e.g.: Terylene) 2.3) Co-polymers, types – degree of polymerisation – glass transition temperature 2.4) Different methods of polymerisation Bulk – solution – suspension – emulsion 2.5) Plastics or resins – elastomers – thermoplastics and thermosetting polymers
2.6) Role of polymers in leather processing
2.7) Rubber – Introduction, definition, classification 2.8) Natural rubber – Isoprene, preparation from latex – properties – defects of natural rubber – compounding – vulcanisation 2.9) Synthetic rubber – preparation, properties and uses of neoprene – Styrene butadiene rubber (SBR) – butyl rubber 2.10) Reclaimed rubber – definition, properties, preparation, and uses.
UNIT – III 3. SYNTANS AND OTHER RESINS 3.1) Synthetic tannins 3.1.1 Introduction- classification – properties – uses
3.1.2 Manufacturing process of Novolac resins (e.g.. – Naphthalene syntans) 3.1.3 Manufacturing process of Nerodol resins (e.g.: phenolic syntans) 3.1.4 Omega sulphonation 3.1.5 Unit operations in Syntan manufacture 3.2) Resins: 3.2.1 Introduction, preparation, properties, and uses of Urea formaldehyde resins, dicyandiamide Styrene malaeic copolymer, dialdehyde resins, starch, isocyanates, Metha – acryl ate furfural alcohol resins etc.
UNIT – IV 4. OTHER AUXILIARIES
4.1) Dyes – Definition, classification, 4.1.1. Theory of colour production, 4.1.2 Technology of dye manufactures, (Chromophore, auxochrome, bathochrome, and hypsochrome) 4.1.3 Dye solutions 4.2) Pigments- Definition, classification, 4.2.1 Properties, characteristics, 4.2.2 Differentiation of pigments 4.2.3 Preparation of various pigments, 4.2.4 Transformation of dyes to pigments 4.3) Fat liquors: definition, classification 4.3.1 Theory of lubrication, 4.3.2 Natural and synthetic oils, Sulfation, bisulfation, saponification, oxidation – Sulphochlorination, esterification, phosphorylation, . 4.3.3 Introduction to fat liquor manufacturing
UNIT – V 5. FINISHING AUXILIARIES 5.1) Binders-Introduction – definition – classification 5.2) Lacquers - Chemistry and preparation of NC lacquer – Lacquer emulsion - colored lacquers. 5.3) PU’s – lacquers, binders, chemistry 5.4) other polymers – properties and uses of polyesters, polyamide, Polyacrylates, polyvinyl alcohol, polybutadiene etc 5.5) Manufacture of resins binders 5.6) Wax – types – wax emulsions 5.7 Plasticizers – Types 5.8 Cross linkers, brightening dyes, slip and matt agents – feels modifiers etc 5.9) Water proofing agents – Antifoaming agents, thickeners, solvents, diluents.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Principles of leather manufacture – S.S Dutta 2. Polymer science and Eng – Williams D.H. (Prentice hall – New York) 3. CLRI Bulletins.
LEATHER AUXILIARIES
UNIT- I 1. SURFACTANTS General Objectives: • To introduce the concepts of surface tension and surfactants • To understand the theory of emulsion and wetting • To comprehend about preservatives
Specific Objectives: • Define dispersed phase and continuous phase • State cohesive force and adhesive force • Write about surface tension • Classify surfactants • Explain the role of surfactants in leather processing • Define emulsifiers • List the various emulsifying agents • Describe the theory of emulsions • Mention about different wetting agents • Explain the theory of wetting • Write about dispersing agents • State some humectants • List out fixatives • Explain the biodegradability of surfactants • Write about preservatives
UNIT-II 2. POLYMERS General Objectives: • To understand the various mechanism of polymerization • To know about different methods of polymerization • To comprehend the role of polymers in leather processing • To introduce the concepts of rubber
Specific Objectives: • Mention the concepts of macromolecules • Define polymers • Explain the mechanism of various polymerization • Write about co- polymerization • Describe the different methods of polymerization • Define elastomers • Differentiate between thermoplastic and thermosetting plastic • Discuss the role of polymers in leather processing • Define rubber • Write a note on vulcanization • Mention about compounding • Write on Reclaimed rubber • Explain the preparation of neoprene and SBR.
UNIT- III 3. SYNTANS AND OTHER RESINS
General Objectives: • Understand about synthetic tannins • Know about manufacturing process of various resins
Specific Objectives: • Define syntans • Classify syntans • Mention the properties of syntans • List the uses of syntans • Explain The manufacturing process of novalac resins • Describe the manufacturing process of nerodol resins • Discuss the various unit operations involved in syntan manufacturing • Write the preparation of urea formaldehyde resins • Narrate the preparation and properties of dicyandiamide • Explain about styrene maleic- copolymer • Discuss on dialdehyde resins • Mention about furfural alcohol resins • Discuss about isocyanates
UNIT- IV 4. OTHER AUXILIARIES General Objectives: • To understand about dyes • To know about pigments • To comprehend on fat- liquors
Specific Objectives: • Define dye • Classify dye • Explain the theory of dye production • Discuss about the technology of dye manufacture • Write about dye solution • Define pigments • Classify pigments • List out the characteristics of pigments • Describe the preparation of pigments • Explain the transformation of dyes to pigments • Narrate the theory of lubrication • Define and classify fat liquors • Explain the manufacture process of natural fat liquors. • Describe the manufacture process of synthetic fat liquors
UNIT V 5. FINISHING AUXILIARIES General Objectives • Understand about binders. • Comprehend on PU. • Substantiate on lacquers and other auxiliaries
Specific Objectives • Define and classify binders. • Describe the properties of binders. • Explain the role of PU in leather finishing. • Discuss the preparation of NC lacquer. • Define colored lacquers. • Write the properties and uses of other polymers. • Narrate plasticizers. • Write about wax emulsions.
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION / EVALUATION:
TOPICS Q.NO HOURS TOTAL TOTAL S.NO ALLOTTED MARKS TO MARKS TO & (MARKS BE ASKED BE GIVEN) ANSWERED 1 Section – I 1 5+5 10 (from any unit) 2 Section – II 45 30
From unit – 1 2,3 12(15+15) From unit- II 4 12 (15) 3 Section- III 45 30 From unit- III 5,6 10(15+15) From unit- IV 7 (15) 4 Section – IV 45 30 From unit-IV 8 10(15)
From unit- V 9,10 10 (15) TOTAL 145 100 LEATHER AUXILIARIES
Maximum marks: 100 Time: 3 hours Instructions: 1) Section – I is compulsory 2) Answer any 2 full questions each from section – II, III, IV respectively
Section- I 1 A) Fill in the blanks: 1X5 = 5 1) Milk is an ______of fat in water 2) PVC follows ______polymerisation 3) Lacquer is manufactured by ______polymerisation 4) Chromophore bearing substance are called as ------5) Basic dyes are ______charged.
B) Write a note in 1 or 2 sentences: - 1x5 = 5 1) Dispersed phase 2) Emulsifier 3) Glass transition temperature 4) Elastomers 5) Auxochromes Section – II
2 A) Explain the role of surfactants in leather processing – 8 B) Write short notes on theory of wetting – 5 C) What are humectants? - 2
3 A) Write short notes on preservatives – 5 B) Explain theories of Emulsion- 7 C) What is continuous phase? – 3
4 A) Explain the manufacturing process of naphthalene syntans _-8 B) Wrote short notes on Dicyandiamide_5 C) What is omega sulphonation? - 2
Section – III
5 A) Explain the mechanism of addiction polymerisation _8 B) What is degree of polymerisation? _2 C) Differentiate between thermoplastic and thermosetting plastic? 5
6. A) Discuss the role of polymers in leather manufacture.- 7 B) Write the preparation of SBR. _5 C) What is vulcanisation? 3 7 A) How is nigrosine manufactured? 5
B) How are dyes transformed to pigments?__ 5 C) How is fat liquor made by oxidation? _5
SECTION – IV
8. A) Write in detail about classification of pigments - 7 B) Mention the composition of fat liquor _4 c) Difference between acid and basic dyes-4
9. A) Discuss about binders _9 B) What are cross linkers? _3 C) What are coloured lacquers? _3
10A) Explain the role of PU in leather finish _8 B) Write short notes on water proofing _5 C) What are slip agents? _2 ------
SUB: FOOTWEAR SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY-II
Hrs\week-4 I.A-25marks
Total hours-64 Exam-100marks
Exam hours-03
Sl.No Unit Title No. of Hrs.
1 I Closing Technology 13
2 II Lasting Technology 15
3 III Different Shoe Constructions 13
4 IV Finishing of shoes 08
5 V Costing and project estimation 05
6 VI Seminar 06
7 VII Test 04
FOOTWEAR SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY-II
UNIT – I
1. CLOSING TECHNOLOGY
1.1 Define Closing 1.2 Describe Preparation and checking. 1.3 Identification marking 1.3 Write about Stitch marking. 1.4 Describe Perforation. 1.5 Describe Embossing. 1.6 Skiving-purpose, types. 1.7 Features of Skiving machine. 1.8 Difference between Hand and Machine Skiving. 1.7 Describe splitting. 1.8 Reinforcement and Ornamentation 1.9 Discuss Top line and edge treatment. 1.10 List out Stitch formations, types of seams and types of sewing machine. 1.11 Auto stitching, Application of CAM / CNC in Closing Operations. 1.12 Quality control of closed upper.
UNIT – II
2. LASTING TECHNOLOGY
2.1 Preparation 2.2. Principles of hand drafting. 2.3 Hand lasting Process. 2.4 Attaching of Sole. 2.5 Conditioning and heat setting. 2.6 Machine Lasting for Cemented Construction or Stuck as Construction.
UNIT – III
3. DIFFERENT SHOE CONSTRUCTIONS
3.1 Direct Moulded Footwear Construction – Vulcanization and Direct Injection Process- PVC, PU. 3.2 Machine sews or Mc Kay Construction 3.3 Slip lasted / Californian Construction. 3.4 Veldtschoen Construction / Stitch Down Construction. 3.5 Welted Construction. 3.6 String Lasted Construction for DIP.
UNIT – IV
4. FINISHING OF SHOE .
4.1 Bottom Finishing for construction having Leather Sole and heel. 4.2 Treeing department operations for grain and suede leather. 4.3 Shoe cosmetics for upper materials. 4.3 Classification of dressing materials. 4.4 Fault identification, diagnosis of cause, final examination.
UNIT- V
5. COSTING AND PROJECT ESTIMATION . 5.1 Definition of Costing and its Methodology 5.2 Preparations of Shoe Cost Sheet. 5.3 Project estimation for medium scale shoe factory.
______
FOOT WEAR SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY-II
UNIT-I 1. CLOSING TECHNOLOGY
General Objectives:
• To understand closing operation of foot wear and sub process related to pre- closing • Explain types of sewing machine, stitches and quality control of closed upper.
Specific Objectives:
• To know pre-closing and closing operation • To know merits and demerits of hand and machine skiving. • To know various types of edge treatment, seams, stitch formation and sewing machine. • To understand application of CAM / CNC in closing operation. • Quality parameters for closed upper.
UNIT-II 3. LASTING TECHNOLOGY General Objectives: • To understand importance of making department • To know lasting drafting process by hand and machine. • To know methods of conditioning. / heat setting of upper.
Specific Objectives:
• State the importance of making section • Explain principles of drafting and lasting process. • Explain the process of performing operation • Explain current methods of conditioning and heat setting.
UNIT III 3 DIFFERENT METHODS OF SHOE CONSTRUCTION • General Objectives: To Know various types of shoe construction.
Specific Objectives: • To understand in detail the various method of shoe constructions. • Advantages and disadvantages for each method of shoe construction. • Detail study of various machines used for manufacturing.
UNIT-IV 4. FINISHING OF SHOES
General Objectives: • To know the different types of cosmetics used for upper and bottom components. • Diagnostic study of finished product.
Specific Objectives: • Explain in detail various types of shoe cosmetics used and their purpose. • Explain classification of dressing material. • Explain shoe room operation and technique. • Identify fault, cause and final examination of shoe.
UNIT-V 5. COSTING AND PROJECT ESTIMATION
General Objectives: • To understand the methodology of costing for foot wear articles. • To understand the feasibility for setting up of a shoe industry.
Specific Objectives: • Explain the Basics of costing methodology. • Design the method of costing foot wear products using costing tools. • Explain need and significance of project report. • Design a project report for a medium scale shoe industry.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Comprehensive Footwear technology – Somenath Ganguly 2. Manual of shoe making- Clarks 3. Introduction to Modern Footwear Technology- B.Venkatappiah 4. Modern Shoe Technology- I. Varghese
5. Footwear Materials and process Technology- A.J.Harvey. 6. Textbook of Footwear manufacture-J.H.Thornton 7. Textbook of Footwear materials-J.H.Thornton
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION / EVALUATION
Sl.no Courses Hrs Total marks Total marks allotted for questions for questions to be marked to be attempt 1 Section –I Five fill in the blanks has to be set, 05 05 each carrying one mark from any unit One short notes for section I b) 05 05 carrying 5 marks from any of the unit 2 Section –II Unit I & II ,15X3 questions 13+15 45 30 .3 Section –III Unit III, IV 15X3 13+8 45 30 4 Section IV Unit II& V 15X3 15+5 45 30 Total 145 100
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
FOOT WEAR SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY – II
Time – 3 Hrs Max Marks – 100
Instructions:
i) Answer seven questions in all inclusive of Question No.1 of Section I which is compulsory. ii) Answer two full questions each from sections II, III, and IV.
SECTION – I
1 a) Fill in the blanks 1 x 5 = 5
i) ______is the traditional word for cutting. ii) ______has got tensile strength and good stretch before it breaks. iii) ______is the title given to the preparation, fitting together and finishing off of the cut components to produce an upper steady for fasting. iv) Stroble construction is also known as ______construction. v) Mulling Chamber is used for ______.
b) Explain in two or three sentences different types of skiving. (5)
SECTION – II
2 a) What are the main features of skiving? Explain each in one or two sentences. (9) . b) Define closing operation. (3) c) Define Component splitting machine? (3)
3 a) Write any seven difference between Foot and Last. (7) b) What is Perforation? (4) c) Explain any two types of Skiving. (4)
4 a) Mention the different types of Last and explain any two of Last. (8)
b) What is Edge Treatment? Explain any two types of Edge Treatment. (5).
c) Write any two safety precaution to be applied to clicking equipment. (2)
SECTION – III
5 a) Explain the operation of Drafting along with the diagram. (9) b) Explain any one method of conditioning of upper for lasting. (3)
c) Mention the different methods of Heat Setting. (3)
6 a) Write the sequence of operation for finishing on leather sole shoe. (7)
b) What is quarter moulding in treeing department? (4) c) Explain DIP. (4)
7 a) Write the sequences of operation involved for Suede leather shoe in Treeing Department. (8) b) Explain Stuck on process after Cemented Construction of Lasting. (5) . c) What is hot air treeing? (2)
SECTION – IV
8 a) Prepare a Cost sheet for a Derby Shoe. (9) b) What is a basic design? (3) c) What happens to the leather if it is De-lasted soon after it is lasted before Heat setting? (3)
9 a) Explain the process of Hand Lasting (7) b) Explain Mulling. (4) c) Explain the old method of conditioning of uppers (4).
10 a) Work out the costing for a small scale shoe factory Producing 100 pairs of shoe per day. . (8) b) What are the different methods of Heat Setting? (5) c) Define costing (2)
------
SUB: FOOTWEAR AND FABRICATION PRACTICE
Hrs/week-06 I.A-25marks Total hours-96 Exam-100marks Hours-06 1. Leather cutting practice. 2. Stitching on pattern paper traced and untraced. 3. Skiving practice. 4. Folding practice. 5. threadingIntroduction to various types of sewing machine, needle ,needle fixing, the needle, inserting the bobbin case. 6. Clicking , closing ,lasting , bottom making , and finishing of plain Derby shoe with synthetic material. 7. Clicking , closing, lasting ,bottom making and finishing of Toe cap Derby, Oxford and Court shoe using leather. 8. usingExercise on calculation of material consumption and reduction of wastage graph paper. 9. Estimate the costing of plain Derby and Oxford shoe fabricated. 10. Destructive testing of full shoes.
Equipments List: Clicking Knife – 20 Nos. Lasting Pliar – 20 Nos. Scissor – 20 Nos. Hole Punch set – 3 Nos. Eyelet Punch set – 3 Nos. Rumpy – 20 Nos.
Machines List: Clicking knife, Axe-saw blade Skiving Machine – 2 Nos. Component Splitting Machine – 1 No. Flat Bed Sewing Machine – 7 Nos.
Post Bed Sewing Machine – 3 Nos. Heat Re-Activator – 1 No. Toe puff attaching machine-1 No. Hot Air blower- 1 No
Lasting Jacks – 10 Nos. Lasting Machine – 1 No. Heat Setting Machine – 1 No. PU Injection Moulding machine -1 No De-lasting Machine – 1 No. Combined Finishing Machine – 1 No.
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION 1. Any two Fabrication of shoe and each carries 40 marks.
SCHEME OF VALUATION
1) 1. Skiving 10
2. Folding 05
3. Closing 10
4. Stitching 10
5. Neatness 05
2) 1. Lasting 20
2. Sole attaching 20
3) Record 10
4) Viva 10
______
SUB: CHEMICAL ANALYSIS – II
Total hours: 96 hours Maximum marks: 100 Hours/Week: 6 hours Internal assessment marks: 25 Duration of examination: 6 hrs
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
I) Analysis of chrome liquor 1. Determination of chrome content as Cr2O3 2. Determination of acid combined with chromium 3. Determination of basicity 4. Degree of olation
II) Analysis of Veg tan liquor 5. Qualitative analysis 6. Quantitative analysis
III) Analysis of oils/fats 6. Determination of iodine value 7. Determination of acid value 8. Determination of saponification value
IV) Analysis of formaldehyde: 9. Determination of % purity of formaldehyde
V) Analysis of various types of leather:
10. Moisture content 11. Total ash 12. Water soluble matter 13 Hide substance 14 Solvent extractable / (insoluble ash)
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
1) Two determinations and each carry 40 marks.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION:
1) Aim + principle (2+3) = 05 2) Procedure – 10 3) Observation – 10 4) Tabulation + calculation (5 + 5)= 10 5) Result – 05 6) For 2 questions 2X 40 = 80 7) Record – 10 8) Viva – 10
LIST OF APPARATUS/ EQUIPMENTS REQUIRED:
1. Kjheldhal apparatus - 5 2. Desiccators - 5 3. Hot air oven - 1 4. Digital pH meter - 2 5. Burette (50ml) - 20 6. Burette stand with clamp – 20 7. Pipette (20ml) - 20 8. Conical flask (250ml) - 20 9. Standard flask (250ml) - 20 10. Petri dish - 20 11. glass rod - 20 12. Beaker (100ml,250ml) -20 each 13. water bath - 2 14. Bunsen burner 15. Test tubes (10ml) - 200 16. Test tube holders - 20 17. Test tube stand - 20 18. Reagent bottles - 50 19. weighing balance - 2 20. Other chemicals, filter paper, etc
SUB: TANNERY PRACTICE– III
Total hours: 96hours Maximum marks: 100 Hours/Week: 6 hours Internal assessment marks: 25 Exam Duration: 6 hrs
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1). Manufacturing process of full chrome cow upper with Aniline and Semi aniline finish 2) Manufacturing process of cow and buff calf softy 3) Manufacturing process of semi chrome glazed kid 4) Manufacturing process of full chrome cow nappa 5) Manufacturing process of Nubuck leather 6) Manufacturing process of Suede garment leather 7) Manufacturing process of full chrome sheep cabretta 8) Manufacturing process of semi chrome buff burnish upper 9) Manufacturing process of white leather
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
1) One manufacturing process for 40 marks 2) Processing carries 40 marks
SCHEME OF EVALUATION:
1) Index (Title, raw material and other specifications) – 05 2) Sequential operations – 05 3) Process details - 15 4) Process descriptions – 15 5) Processing, observations, and inference – 40 6) Record – 10 7) Viva - 10
INDUSTRIAL VISIT + REPORT.
TOTAL MARKS: 25
* One week of industrial visit is compulsory.
1. To make the students understand about the functioning of tannery 2. To make sure about the sequential process, different methods of manufacturing techniques etc. 3. To have a knowledge about new innovations in the field.
COURSE WORK:
1. Students should visit a tannery and prepare a report and submit for evaluation 2. Attending viva is a must
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION / EVALUATION:
1. Report - 20 2. Viva - 05 3. TOTAL - 25 marks
------
THIRD SEMESTER DIPLOMA IN LEATHER TECHNOLOGY Scheme of Study and Examination. (With effect from 2010-11)
QP Contact Hours Scheme of Examination SL Code Exam. End Exam. I.A Total Min No Theory Subject Theory Pract. Total Duration Max Min Marks* Marks marks for Marks marks passing
1 9SCL31 Applied Chemistry –II 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
Post Tanning & Finishing 2 9LT32 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 Techniques 45 3 9LT33 Leather Manufacturing- I 4 4 3 100 35 25 125
Footwear Science & 4 9LT34 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 Technology-I Practical
5 9LT35P Shoe Designing --- 6 6 6 100 50 25 125 60 Chemical Analysis - I 6 9LT36P --- 6 6 6 100 50 25 125 60
7 9LT37P Tannery Practice - II --- 6 6 6 100 50 25 125 60
Total 16 18 34 700 290 175 875 360
FOURTH SEMESTER DIPLOMA IN LEATHER TECHNOLOGY Scheme of Study and Examination. (With effect from 2010-11)
QP Contact Hours Scheme of Examination SL Code Exam. End Exam. I.A Total Min No Theory Subject Theory Pract. Total Duration Max Min Marks* Marks marks for Marks marks passing 1 9LT41 Leather Manufacturing-II 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 45 2 9LT42 Leather Machinery 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125
45 3 9LT43 Leather Auxiliaries 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125
Footwear Science & 4 9LT44 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 Technology- II Practical Footwear Fabrication 5 9LT45P --- 6 6 6 100 50 25 125 60 Practice 6 9LT46P Tannery Practice – III --- 6 6 6 100 50 25 125 60 --- 7 9LT47P Chemical Analysis –II 6 6 6 100 50 25 125 60
Industrial Visit + Report 8 9LT48P -- -- 25 25 15
Total 16 18 34 700 290 200 900 375
GOVERNMENT OF KARNATAKA
DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION BANGALORE.
REVISED CURRICULUM FOR DIPLOMA IN LEATHER TECHNOLOGY 2010-2011
V & VI SEMESTERS
PREPARED BY: KARNATAKA INSTITUTE OF LEATHER TECHNOLOGY, ARABIC COLLEGE POST, K. G. HALLI, BANGALORE - 45
CURRICULUM FOR DIPLOMA IN LEATHER TECHNOLOGY (WITH EFFECT FROM 2009-2010) REVIEWED AND FINALISED BY EXPERT COMMITTEE.
S.NO. Name of the participants Designation Institution
1. Prof. ArunKumar Prof & Head CDC,NITTTR (ECB)- Bangalore 2. Dr. B. Chandrasekharan Scientist – CHORD CLRI – Chennai
3. Mr. Prasanna S. Rao Technical Expert TUV SUD, South Asia.Ltd, Bangalore 4. Ms. R. Rajaveni Indiramala Lecturer KILT – Bangalore
5. Mr.Niraj Kumar Goutam Lecturer KILT – Bangalore
UNDER THE GUIDANCE OF
Curriculum Development cell, Curriculum Development Cell Department of Technical Education NITTTR (ECB) Government of Karnataka, Extension centre, Bangalore – 560 001. Bangalore – 560 001
V- SEMESTER FIFTH SEMESTER DIPLOMA IN LEATHER TECHNOLOGY Scheme of Study and Examination. (With effect from 2011-12)
Subject Contact Hours Scheme of Examination SL Code Exam. End Exam. I.A Total Min No Theory Subject TH PR Total Duration Max Min Marks* Marks marks Marks marks for passing 1 9LT51 Leather Biotechnology 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 Material Testing 2 9LT52 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
Leather Goods And 3 9LT53 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 Garment Technology Environmental 4 9LT54 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 Management Systems Practical Leather Goods & Garment 5 9LT55P Fabrication --- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60
6 9LT56P Physical Testing --- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60 Communication & Analysis 7 9LT57P Skill Development -- 6 6 3 50 25 75 125 60 Programme [CASP] Project work-I & Industrial 8 9LT58P --- 3 3 ------25 25 -- visit Total 16 18 34 650 250 900 360
LEATHER BIOTECHNOLOGY
TOTAL HOURS: 64 MAXIMUM MARKS: 100 HOURS/WEEK: 04 I.A. MARKS: 25
S.NO TOPICS HOURS ALLOTTED
UNIT-I MICROSCOPY 14
UNIT-II BACTERIOLOGY 14
UNIT-III MYCOLOGY & ENTOMOLOGY 13
UNIT-IV ENZYMOLOGY 14
SEMINARS 06
TESTS & REVISION 03
LEATHER BIOTECHNOLOGY
UNIT-I 1. MICROSCOPY
1.1 Concepts of microscopy 1.2 Types of microscope 1.2.1 Light – Bright field, dark field, fluorescent, Phase contrast 1.2.2 Electron- SEM,STM, Immuno- electron microscopy 1.2.3 X-ray/UV ray microscope 1.2.4 Acoustic Microscope 1.3 Study and Set up of Compound microscope 1.4 Defects and rectifications 1.5 Slide preparation, fixing, embedding, sectioning, staining& mounting 1.6 Fiber structure and assessment 1.7 Orientation and optimal condition of fiber structure 1.8 Fiber structural changes takes place during pre-tanning, tanning, post tanning process 1.9 Microscopical Assessment of sole And Various finished leathers 1.10 Microstructure of Buff, cow, goat and sheep 1.11 Grain pattern of different hides/skins. 1.12 Wide angle X-ray diffraction analysis of collagen 1.13 Collagen study by electron microscope technique
UNIT-II 2. BACTERIOLOGY
2.1 Fundamentals of Bacteriology 2.2 Morphological Characteristics of Bacteria
2.3. Classification of Bacteria 2.4 Staining of Bacteria and its classification 2.5. Biochemical Properties of Bacteria 2.6. Growth cycle of bacteria and nutrition 2.7. Physical conditions required for growth 2.8. Effect of environmental factors on bacterial growth 2.9. Preparation of various culture media 2.10 Sterilization, inoculation, Bacterial count 2.11 Control of bacterial growth 2.12 Bacterial action on raw hides and skins and in different stages of leather manufacture And in finished leather. 2.13 Bacteriological evidence of pollution. 2.14 Study of Bactericides.
UNIT-III 3. MYCOLOGY & ENTOMOLOGY
3.1 Morphological structure of fungi, classification 3.2 Species of moulds associated during different stages of leather manufacture 3.3 Damage caused by moulds to tan liquors and to leathers 3.4 Effect of mould growth during processing of hides/skins, finished leather, leather goods and during transportation. 3.5 Moulds and their differences from bacteria 3.6 Effect of environmental factors on mould growth 3.7 Testing and prevention of mould growth 3.8 Parasitic diseases of livestock 3.9 Effect on leather quality 3.10 Demodectic- Sarcoptic and psoroptic mange mites, warble flies, ticks and lice
UNIT-IV 4. ENZYMOLOGY
4.1 Enzymes- Definition, classification and characterization 4.2 Chemical and physical properties of enzymes 4.3 Chemistry of enzymes- nature and mechanism 4.4 Enzymes in leather processing 4.5 Uses of enzymes 4.6 Proteolytic enzymes- classification, reactive groups and their functions 4.7 Assay, characterization 4.8 Enzyme kinetics 4.9 Immobilized enzymes 4.10 Amylase, lipase, protease- production of microbial enzymes 4.11 Fermentation – types 4.12 Conditions affecting enzyme activity 4.13 Enzyme synthesis 4.14 Enzyme preparation, regulation & mechanism.
REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Microbiology- Pelczar/ Chan/ Krieg 2. Principles of Biochemistry – Leninger 3. Enzyme Technology in beam house production- Puvanakrishnan & Dhar 4. Fundamental Principles of bacteriology – Salle,A.J 5. Mackie and McCartney’s handbook of bacteriology- MackieT.J 6. Practical Bacteriology- Tanner.F.W.
LEATHER BIOTECHNOLOGY
UNIT-I 1. MICROSCOPY
General Objectives: • To understand the concepts of microscopy • To apprehend about fiber structure and its assessment • To analyze different types of leathers by microscope
Specific Objectives: • Discuss about microscope • Mention different types of microscope • Write notes on ;limitation of electron microscopy • Explain the study and set up of compound microscopy • Describe the slide preparation of microscope • Narrate the orientation of fiber structure • Explain the microscopical assessment of sole leather • Elucidate the fiber structural changes that take place during different stages of leather manufacture. • Write short notes on grain pattern of hides/ skins • Explain X-ray diffraction analysis of collagen
UNIT-II 2. BACTERIOLOGY
General Objectives: • To understand the concepts of bacteriology Specific Objectives: • Draw bacterial cell and explain • Describe the morphological characteristics of bacteria • Explain the classification of bacteria • Discuss staining of bacteria in detail • Narrate the classification of staining of bacteria • Differentiate between gram positive and gram negative bacteria • Explain the preparation of various culture media • Define sterilization • Mention about inoculation • Describe the growth cycle of bacteria • Narrate the effect of environmental factors on bacterial growth • Explain the testing of bacterial action on raw hides/skins and in different stages of leather manufacture • Define bacterial count UNIT-III 3. MYCOLOGY & ENTOMOLOGY
General Objectives: • To understand the effect of moulds and insects attack on different stages of leather processing
Specific Objectives: • Give the general structure of fungi • Mention its classification • Elaborate the structure of moulds associated during different stages of leather manufacture • Explain the effect of environmental factors on mould growth • Describe testing and prevention of mould growth • Write a note on differentiation of mould from bacteria • Discuss the damage caused by moulds to tan liquors and leathers • Enumerate the parasitic attacks of livestock that affect the quality of leather • Write the different parasitic species that attack the leather
UNIT-IV 4. ENZYMOLOGY
General Objectives: • To elaborate the concepts of enzymes and their usage in leather industry
Specific Objectives: • Define enzyme • Mention the classification of enzymes • Write short notes on chemistry of enzymes • Illustrate the uses of enzymes • Describe the physical and chemical properties of enzymes • Explain the usage of enzymes in leather processing • Discuss about enzyme kinetics • Describe the production of microbial enzymes • Mention the types of fermentation and explain • Analyze the mechanism of enzymes • Write short notes on enzyme synthesis
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
S.NO TOPICS Q.NO MARKS TOTAL TOTAL MARKS GIVEN MARKS TO TO BE BE ASKED ANSWERED 1 Section – I 10 10
from any unit 1.a 05
From unit – 1 1.b 05
2 Section – II 45 30
From unit – 1 2,3 15+15=30 From unit- II 4 15 3 Section- III 45 30
From unit- II 5,6a 15+5=20 From unit – III 6b,7 5+15=20 From unit-IV 6c 05 4 Section – IV 45 30
From unit-III 8 15 From unit- IV 9,10 15+15=30 TOTAL 145 100
LEATHER BIOTECHNOLOGY [MODEL QUESTION PAPER]
Maximum marks: 100 Time allotted: 3 hours Instructions: 1. Answer section-I, which is compulsory 2. Answer any 2 full questions each from sections-II, III & IV respectively
SECTION-I
1. A) Fill in the blanks: (1X5=5)
I) ------invented microscope II) ------are unicellular, prokaryotic organism III) ------is used for locomotion of bacteria IV) ------are called as biocatalysts. V) The numerical aperture of dry objective is less than ------.
B) Write short notes on grain pattern of different hides/ skins (5)
SECTION-II
2. A) Draw and explain compound microscope. (8) B) Write short notes on X-ray diffraction analysis of collagen (5) C) Define resolving power (2)
3. A) Explain the fiber structural changes that takes place during different stages of leather processing (9) B) List out the limits of electron microscopy (3) C) What is numerical aperture? (3)
4. A) Draw a bacterial cell and name it (5) B) Write short notes on morphological characteristics of bacteria (5) C) Differentiate between Gram negative and gram positive bacteria (5)
SECTION-III
5. A) Describe the growth cycle of bacteria (8) B) Write short notes on culture media (5) C) What is sterilization? (2)
6. A) Explain the biochemical properties of bacteria. (5) B) Write about the mould species attack leather (5) C) What is enzyme synthesis? (5)
7. A) Describe the damage caused by moulds to tan liquor and to leathers (6) B) Differentiate moulds from bacteria (6) C) What is red heat? (3)
SECTION-IV
8. A) Explain parasitic attacks that affect the leather quality. (6) B) Write short notes on environmental factors on mould growth (5) C) How are leathers prevented from mould attack? (4)
9. A) Describe the usage of enzymes in leather processing (7) B) Write short notes on Proteolytic enzymes (5) C) Name three Proteolytic enzymes (3)
10. A) Write short notes on immobilized enzymes (5) B) Explain enzymatic kinetics (5) C) What are the conditions that affect enzymatic activity? Explain. (5)
------
MATERIAL TESTING
TOTAL HOURS: 64 MAXIMUM MARKS: 100 HOURS/WEEK: 04 I.A. MARKS: 25
S.NO: TOPICS HOURS ALLOTTED
UNIT-I ANAYSIS OF PRE-TANNING CHEMICALS 11
UNIT-II ANALYSIS OF TANNING AGENTS & LEATHERS 11
UNIT-III ANALYSIS OF POST-TANNING CHEMICALS 11
UNIT-IV TESTING OF FINISHING AGENTS & 11 INSTRUMENTAL METHODS UNIT-V PHYSICAL TESTING OF LEATHERS & 11 QUALITY CONTROL SEMINARS 06
TESTS & REVISION 03
MATERIAL TESTING
UNIT-I 1. ANALYSIS OF PRETANNING CHEMICALS 1.1 Analysis of lime • Available lime • Total bases 1.2 Available Sulphide as sodium sulphide 1.3 Determination of purity of • oxalic acid , Formic acid • Acetic acid, , Sulphuric acid 1.4 Analysis of ammonium salts 1.5 Purity of sodium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, Sodium formate, sodium bicarbonate 1.6 Determination of sodium bisulphite. 1.7 Testing of bates UNIT-II 2. ANALYSIS OF TANNING AGENTS & LEATHER 2.1 Analysis of chrome tanning agent • Chrome content • Acid combined with chrome • Basicity • Total sulphates • Water insoluble matter &Test for unreduced chrome • Determination of moisture content 2.2 Analysis of Chrome tanned leather 2.3 Analysis of veg. tanning agents • Determination of non-tannins, total soluble, in-soluble, Tannin color, moisture • Qualitative Analysis & Quantitative Analysis 2.4 Analysis of vegetable tanned leather 2.5 Analysis of % purity of formaldehyde
UNIT-III 3. ANALYSIS OF POST- TANNING CHEMICALS 3.1 Analysis of oils/fats • Theory of saturation/ un-saturation • Determination of iodine value, acid value, saponification value of oil/fats • Analysis of fat liquors [Total fatty matter, Unsaponifiable matter, Total fatty acids, Degree of Sulphation] 3.2 Analysis of Syntans • Tannin analysis, acidity, buffering capacity & pH • Determination of sulphates • Evaluation of self basifying syntans • Precipitation of resins & Sensitivity of salts 3.3 Analysis of dyes • Determination of % dyestuff by spectro-photometric method • Shade/ color strength of dyestuff
UNIT-IV 4. TESTING OF FINISHING AGENTS & INSTRUMENTAL METHODS
4.1 Testing of finishing agents • Testing of pigments- shade, color strength & hiding power • Testing of binders- Total solids, non- volatile content, Binder film-properties. • Testing of Nitrocellulose - Determination of dampening, Stability [heat test]-Determination of organic matter insoluble in acetone and organic matter soluble in ether/alcohols- Settling test, Alkalinity as calcium carbonate, Acidity 4.2 Instrumental methods • Principles and their application in analysis of leather and leather auxiliaries of the following • Potentiometer , Non Aqueous Titration • Conductometry, Calorimetry • Basic Principles of Chromatography – TLC, Paper Chromatography, GC,HPLC UNIT-V 5. PHYSICAL TESTING OF LEATHERS & QUALITY CONTROL
5.1 Statistical testing 5.2 Sampling and conditioning 5.3 Different methods and principles involved for physical testing of leathers 5.4 Static and Dynamic methods 5.5 Destructive and non-Destructive testing of leathers • Tensile strength & % elongation • Stitch tear strength & Tongue tear strength • Grain crack and bursting strength • Resilience test ,Hydrothermal stability • Abrasion resistance and rub fastness • Flexural endurance, Water proofness, Light fastness • Real/apparent density • Air/water permeability etc 5.6 Quality control in leather processing 5.7 Rectification of defects in hides/skins & leathers – control of yield- Color /finish of leathers 5.8 Standards & Specification of various types of leathers.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. An Introduction to the principles of physical testing- S.S.Dutta 2. Analytical Chemistry of leather manufacture – P.K.Sarkar 3. Technological controls in leather manufacture – S.Bangaraswamy-CLRI Publications 4. Methods of chemical testing of leathers –BIS-IS-582-1970 5. Methods of physical testing of leathers –BIS-IS-5914 6. Standard methods -20th edition 7. Official methods of analysis- Society of leather technologists/chemist-U.K.-1981 8. Instrumental methods of analysis- Williard.H.H. Meritt.L.L. Dean, J.A., Settle F.A. MATERIAL TESTING
UNIT-I 1. ANALYSIS OF PRETANNING CHEMICALS General Objectives: • To elaborate the analysis of chemicals used in leather manufacture like lime, sodium sulphide, ammonium salts, various acids and alkalies, bates etc
Specific Objectives: • Estimate the % of available lime and the amount of total bases present in lime • Determine the availability of sulphide as sodium sulphide • Estimate the purity of oxalic acid, acetic acid, formic acid
• Analyze the purity of ammonium salts • Determine the purity of sodium sulphite, sodium bisulphite, • Estimate the purity of sodium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium formate, sodium bicarbonate • Analyze the activity of Proteolytic enzymes
UNIT-II 2. ANALYSIS OF TANNING AGENTS General Objectives: • To understand the analysis of chrome tannins • To enumerate the concepts of testing veg. tannins
Specific Objectives: • Determine the Chrome content of chrome liquor • Determine the acid combined with chrome • Estimation of basicity of chrome compounds • Analyze the % of non tannins present in vegetable tan liquor • Write a test for unreduced chrome • Calculate the moisture content of given sample • Describe the qualitative analysis of vegetable tannins • Discuss about the quantitative analysis of vegetable tanned leather • Analyze the % purity of formaldehyde • Estimate the total sulphates present in chrome tan liquor
UNIT-III 3. ANALYSIS OF POST- TANNING CHEMICALS General Objectives: • To apprehend the various analysis of oils and fats, syntans & dyes
Specific Objectives: • Explain the theory of saturation and unsaturation • Determine iodine value of oil sample • Estimate saponification value of given oil • Calculate acid value of given oil • Find out the total fatty matter present in fat liquor • Explain the estimation of organically combined sulphated ester present in fat liquor • Describe the estimation of organically combined sulphonated ester present in fat liquor • Define degree of sulphation • Evaluate the analysis of unsaponifiable matter
UNIT-IV 4. TESTING OF FINISHING AGENTS & INSTRUMENTAL METHODS General Objectives: • To understand the various tests on finishing agents • To elaborate the concepts of various instrumental methods in analyzing leather and leather chemicals.
Specific Objectives: • Describe testing of pigments • Explain the testing of binders • Mention the properties of binder film • Discuss the various tests on NC lacquer • Explain the principles of potentiometry • Narrate the principles of conductometry • Write short notes on non aqueous titrations • Describe chromatographic techniques • Elaborate the following a) TLC b) GC c) Paper chromatography d) HPLC • Explain the principles of spectrophotometry
UNIT-V 5. PHYSICAL TESTING OF LEATHERS General Objectives: • To understand the principles involved in principles involved in physical testing of leathers for various parameters • To apprehend the concepts of quality control in leather processing
Specific Objectives: • Explain sampling • Write a note on principles involved in physical testing of leathers
• Determine the Tensile strength & % elongation of given sample • Describe the determination of Grain crack and bursting strength • Find out the abrasion resistance • Calculate real / apparent density of leather • Describe water proofness test& flexural endurance test • Explain the technique to check air and water vapor permeability • Discuss in detail about quality control in leather processing • Give the rectifications for defects found in hides/skins & leathers • List out the specifications for various types of leathers
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
S.NO TOPICS Q.NO MARKS TOTAL TOTAL MARKS GIVEN MARKS TO TO BE BE ASKED ANSWERED 1 Section – I 1.a) 5 05 (from any unit) From unit-I 1.b) 5 05 2 Section – II 45 30
From unit – 1 2 15 From unit- II 3,4 15+15=30 3 Section- III 45 30
From unit- III 5,6 15+15=30 From unit – IV 7 15 4 Section – IV 45 30
From unit-IV 8 15 From unit- V 9,10 15+15=30 TOTAL 145 100
MATERIAL TESTING [MODEL QUESTION PAPER]
Maximum marks: 100 Time allotted: 3 hours Instructions: 3. Answer section-I, which is compulsory 4. Answer any 2 full questions each from sections-II, III & IV respectively
SECTION-I
1. A) Fill in the blanks: (1X5=5) I) Schrolemmer basicity = ------II) ------types of enzymes are used in bating III) Tensile strength for F/Cr cow upper is ------. IV) Oil which has iodine value greater than 140 is called as ------. V) Film forming materials are called as ------.
B) Write short notes on Proteolytic activity of bates. (5)
SECTION-II
2. A) Explain the determination of purity of ammonium salts (8) B) Write short notes on estimation of available sulphide (5) C) Name any two Proteolytic enzymes. (2)
3. A) Describe the determination of amount of chrome content in given chrome liquor (7) B) Write a test for unreduced chrome. (3) C) What is the basicity of given compound Cr(OH)SO4 Convert it into proctor and Freiberg basicity. (5)
4. A) Discuss about qualitative analysis of vegetable tannins. (7) B) Write short notes on determination of color of veg.tan liquor. (5) C) What is degree of tannage? (3)
SECTION-III
5. A) Explain the determination of iodine value of given oil sample. (8) B) Write any two saturated and unsaturated fatty acids each with their formula. (4) C) What is degree of sulphation? (3)
6. A) Describe the evaluation of self basifying syntans. (7) B) Write short notes on precipitation of resins. (5) C) How is color strength of dyestuff is analyzed? (3)
7. A) Discuss the various testing of pigments? (7) B) What is settling test of lacquer? (4) C) Write the properties of binder film. (4) SECTION-IV
8. A) Explain the concepts of spectrophotometry. (8) B) Write short notes on HPLC. (5) C) What is chromatography? (2)
9. A) Describe sampling position. (8) B) Write short notes on determination of grain crack & bursting strength (5) C) Differentiate between destructive and non-destructive tests. (2)
10. A) Discuss about quality control in leather processing (7) B) How is tensile strength determined for given leather sample? (5) C) What is grey scale? (3)
------
LEATHER GOODS & GARMENT TECHNOLOGY
Total hours: 64 Max Marks: 100 Hours/week: 04 I.A Marks: 25
HOURS S. NO. TOPICS ALLOTTED
CLASSIFICATION OF LEATHER UNIT – I GOODS, SHOP FLOOR TECHNIQUES 11 & MANUFACTURING PROCESS
LEATHER GOODS TOOLS & UNIT – II MACHINERY, ROLE OF RAW 10 MATERIALS & ACCESSORIES
LEATHER GOODS DESIGNING, 05 UNIT – III QUALITY CONTROL & COSTING
CLASSIFICATION OF LEATHER GARMENTS, TAILORING UNIT – IV 12 TECHNIQUES & MANUFACTURING PROCESS
TOOLS & EQUIPMENTS, TYPES OF UNIT - V LEATHER & THEIR PROPERTIES, 11 TYPES OF ACCESSORIES
INTRODUCTION TO GARMENT UNIT - VI DESIGNING, QUALITY CONTROL & 06 COSTING
SEMINARS ON INDUSTRIAL 06 INNOVATIONS
TESTS/REVISION 03
LEATHER GOODS & GARMENT TECHNOLOGY
UNIT – I CLASSIFICATION OF LEATHER GOODS, SHOP FLOOR TECHNIQUES & MANUFACTURING PROCESS
1.1. Classification of small, medium and heavy leather goods item. 1.2. Types of construction – Cut edge. Turn over edge, Turned edge, Butt edge, and Moulded articles – Box work. 1.3. Study & sequence of operation of shop floor techniques – Assorting, Clicking, Splitting, Skiving, Embossing, Ironing, Cementing, Folding, Creasing, Staining, Punching, Eyeleting, Button fixing, Sewing & Types of seams. 1.4. Study related to manufacture of – Coin purse, wallet, Ladies hand bag, spectacle case, Brief case, Travel kit and Gift fancy articles.
UNIT – II LEATHER GOODS TOOLS & MACHINERY, ROLE OF RAW MATERIALS & ACCESSORIES
2.1 Tools for leather goods fabrication – their uses. 2.2 Types of machines – Clicking, Splitting, Skiving, Strap cutting, Types of sewing machines, key points for stitching, Trouble shooter breakage of needles, Threads and skip stitches. 2.3 Types of leather used for manufacture – Light leather goods, Heavy leather goods, Hand bags. 2.4 Types of lining material, reinforcement, adhesives – advantages, limitations, quality merits, types of sewing threads, gusset types, Accessories – Fittings types – with locking, without locking, Fasteners – Rivets, button, eyelets, studs and zippers.
UNIT III LEATHER GOODS DESIGNING, QUALITY CONTROL & COSTING
3.1 Principles in the designing of leather & non leather goods, Application of Computer Aided Design 3.2 Introduction to pattern cutting – Making pattern, Cutting pattern. 3.3 Illustration of pattern cutting process of a component. 3.4 Quality Control Parameters, Test methods – Drop test, Handle snatch test, performance test, Fatigue test for brief case, suitcase and hand bags. 3.5 Costing of selected items of leather goods, wallets, ladies hand bag, travelling kit, belt, brief case etc…
UNIT IV CLASSIFICATION OF LEATHER GARMENTS, TAILORING TECHNIQUES & MANUFACTURING PROCESS
4.1 Based on material design, color, fashion, style & comfort, Anatomy of human body, Types of figures, sizes, measurements & fitting. 4.2 Sequence of operation for manufacture of leather jackets, standards for stitched jacket, leather garment care and care labeling codes. 4.3 Tailoring techniques – Pressing techniques, darts, gathering, shirring, smocking, Ruffles, pleats, tucks, interfacing, facing, lining, inter & under lining, shoulder pads, Collars, waistlines, sleeves, cuffs with plackets, pockets, belts, zippers – types, hooks & eyes, buttons, seam, hems & stitching techniques.
UNIT - V TOOLS & EQUIPMENTS, TYPES OF LEATHER & THEIR PROPERTIES, TYPES OF ACCESSORIES
5.1 Tools – Marking tools, Measuring and drafting tools, Cutting tools, punching tools and other tools. 5.2 Equipment – Pressing equipments, Dirt, Spot and Thread trimming equipment, Tagging and labeling equipment. 5.3 Machinery – Industrial sewing machine, Button holing machine, lining cutting machine, fusing machine, over lock machine. 5.4 Selection of leather for garments – Grain garment, Suede’s, Fur, Sheep, Goat, Cow, Cow calf, Lamb skin, Pig skin. 5.5 General properties for garment leather. 5.2 Accessories – Linings, muslin cloth, shoulder pads, button & closures, zippers, Parts, wadding, interfacing, elastics, woven labels, threads, Velcro, needles, ribbons, Buckles, dummies, hangers, adhesive, brushes, millboards, tissue sheets.
UNIT- VI INTRODUCTION TO GARMENT DESIGNING, QUALITY CONTROL & COSTING
6.1 Preparation of sectional patterns, arrangement of patterns to minimize the wastage of leather, recovery of wastage & its utilization, role of pattern designer & maker objective of grading, methods of grading, working sketch, Application of CAD. 6.2 Quality control methods of controlling garment defects, Final inspection. 6.3 Costing of different styles of garments.
LEATHER GOODS & GARMENT TECHNOLOGY
UNIT – I CLASSIFICATION OF LEATHER GOODS, SHOP FLOOR TECHNIQUES & MANUFACTURING PROCESS
General Objectives: • To understand classification of leather goods, types of construction. • To understand shop floor techniques. • To understand manufacturing process of various leather articles.
Specific Objectives: • Explain the classification of small, medium and heavy leather goods. • Explain the types of construction cut edge, turnover edge/folded edge, turn edge, butt edge, moulded, box construction. • Explain shop floor techniques with flow chart. • Explain leather goods manufacturing process – Assorting, Clicking, Splitting, Skiving, Embossing, Ironing, Cementing, Folding, Creasing, Staining, Punching, Eyeleting, Button fixing, Sewing and Types of seam. • Explain manufacturing process of – Coin purse, Wallet, Ladies hand bag, Spectacle case, Brief case, Travel kit and Gift fancy articles.
UNIT - II LEATHER GOODS TOOLS & MACHINERY, ROLE OF RAW MATERIALS & ACCESSORIES
General Objectives: • To understand the various types of tools and machineries used for leather goods making. • To understand various types of leather used for making leather goods. • To understand various types of sewing accessories used for leather goods fabrication.
Specific Objectives: • Explain types of tools and machineries for leather goods fabrication. • Explain key points for stitching, Root cause for breakage of needles, Threads and Skip stitches. • Describe types of leather used for fabrication of various types of leather articles. • Explain the use of lining materials, reinforcement adhesives – Types, Selection, Types of sewing threads, Types of gussets, Fitting types – With locking, Without locking, Fasteners – Rivets, Button, Eyelets, Studs and Zippers.
UNIT - III LEATHER GOODS DESIGNING, QUALITY CONTROL & COSTING
General Objective: • To understand basic principles of designing leather and non-leather goods, pattern cutting techniques. • To understand quality control parameters, test methods for leather articles. • To work out costing of various leather articles.
Specific Objective: • Explain basic principles of leather goods designing. • Explain pattern making techniques. • Explain pattern cutting process with illustration. • Explain application of CAD in designing leather products. • Explain quality control aspects, parameters. • Explain the test methods – Drop test, Handle snatch test, Performance test, Fatigue test for brief case, suit case and hand bags. • Estimate the cost of wallets, ladies hand bag, travelling kit, belt and brief case.
UNIT - IV CLASSIFICATION OF LEATHER GARMENTS, TAILORING TECHNIQUES & MANUFACTURING PROCESS
General Objective: • To understand the fashion concept, anatomy of human body and taking body measurement on different figures. • To understand the shaping of the garments using tailoring techniques. • Comprehend the manufacturing process, their standard care and recognize various care label code.
Specific Objective: • Explain fashion concept. • Explain the proportions in the human body with the help of eight – head theory. • Describe the technique for taking measurement, different type of figures, sizes, measurement and fitting. • Explain the sequence of making leather jackets, standards for well stitched jacket and identify care labeling code and how to care garment. • Explain tailoring techniques – Pressing techniques, Dart application, Gathering application, Shirring, Smocking, Ruffles, Pleating application, Tucking application, Interfacing, Facing application, Lining, Inter and underlining, Shoulder pads, Collars – Types of construction, Waistlines, Sleeves, Cuffs with plackets, pockets, belts, Zippers – Basic applications, Care of zippers, Hooks and Eye buttons, Seam, Hems and Stitching techniques. UNIT - V TOOLS & EQUIPMENTS, TYPES OF LEATHER & THEIR PROPERTIES, TYPES OF ACCESSORIES
General Objective: • To understand various types of tools, equipment and machineries used for garment making. • To understand various types of leather suitable for garment making. • To understand the general properties of garment leather. • To understand various types of accessories used for variety of purposes in leather garment fabrication.
Specific Objective: • Explain various types of tools - their application. • Explain various types of equipments and name their application. • Explain the functioning of various types of machineries. • Illustrate various types of leather used for garment making. • Explain general properties of goods garment leather. • Explain the use of linings, muslin cloth, shoulder pads, button and closures, zippers – their parts, wadding, interfacing, elastics, woven labels, threads, eyelets, ribbons, buckles, Velcro, needles, pins, dummy, hangers, double face tape, adhesive brushes, millboard and tissue sheets.
UNIT - VI INTRODUCTION TO GARMENT DESIGNING, QUALITY CONTROL & COSTING
General Objective: • To understand designing techniques, pattern cutting, minimize wastage of material and role of good designer, Application of CAD. • Understand the importance of quality, methods of controlling garment defects and final inspection. • How to work out the cost of different styles of garments.
Specific Objective: • Describe the preparation of sectional patterns, pattern layout, waste minimization of leather, role of pattern designer, objectives and method of grading patterns, working sketch. • Explain application of garment CAD. • Explain quality control aspects, defect analysis. • Estimate the cost of different styles of garments.
REFERENCE BOOKS: • Leather goods manufacture – Course material – CLRI Publication • Manual for Leather Accessories and Leather Goods – Subramanian Natesan, Retired Scientist, CLAD – CLRI • Manual of Leather Garment Making - Subramanian Natesan, Retired Scientist, CLAD – CLRI • Leather Garment Course Material – CLRI Publication • Manual of Garment Pattern Designing – CLRI Publication • Cutting and Sewing Trade Theory – Central Instructional Media Institute, CTI Campus, Guindy, Chennai. • Quality Control for Leather Garment Technology – Getachew Adhena, Leather and Leather product Technology Institute – Addis Ababa, Ethiopia • Swayam Siddha Series – FDDI, Noida
SCHEME OF EXAMINTION:
Total marks Total marks Hrs S. No Courses for questions for questions allotted to be marked to be attempt 1 Section –I Five fill in the blanks has to be set, each 05 05 carrying one mark from any unit One short notes for section I b) 05 05 carrying 5 marks from any of the unit 2 Section –II
Unit I & II ,15x3 questions + Seminar 24 45 30
3 Section –III
Unit III& IV 15x3 questions + Seminar 20 45 30
4 Section-IV Unit V & VI 15x3 questions + 20 45 30 Seminar Total 64 145 100
LEATHER GOODS & GARMENT TECHNOLOGY
[MODEL QUESTION PAPER]
Maximum marks: 100 Time Allotted: 3 hours Instructions: 1) Question – 1 is compulsory 2) Answer any 2 full questions each from section – I, II, III respectively
1. (A) Fill in the blanks. [1x5=5]
a) ______is used for marking straight or curved hems. b) Embossing operation is also called ______c) The skins of reptiles are called ______d) ______is used in quilted garment e) ______cloth is used to prepare sample garment.
1. (B) Write a short note on zippers and its parts. [5]
SECTION – I
2. a) Explain the test method for first fit garment and its importance in fabrication. [9] b) State important trouble shooting points in stitching operation. [3] c) Write demerits of rubber and synthetic adhesives. [3]
3. a) Write in detail the types of reinforcement material used in leather goods fabrication. [8] b) Explain briefly about leather garment care. [5] c) Draw care labeling code practiced in garment export. [2]
4. a) Explain pattern making process in leather goods fabrication. [7] b) Write important quality control parameters in leather products making. [4] c) List out the accessories required for leather garments. [4]
SECTION – II
5. a) Explain any three shop floor techniques in leather goods fabrication. [9] b) Write root cause of frequently breakage of needles. [3] c) Write the role of pattern maker in garment making. [3]
6. a) Describe any two types of leather used in garment fabrication. [8] b) Write a note on two important tools used in leather goods fabrication. [5] c) What is muslin cloth? [2]
7. a) Write briefly the type of leather finishes in leather garments. [7] b) Estimate the cloth sheet of wallet. [4] c) Describe pleating application in leather garments fabrication. [4]
SECTION – III
8. a) Explain the sequence of operation for making of leather garment. [9] b) Write briefly about skiving operation. [3] c) Describe briefly the types of stitches. [3]
9. a) Explain types of leather used for heavy leather goods. [8] b) What types of locks are used without locking system? [5] c) Explain TUCKS. [2]
10. a) Write important guidelines for fitting jackets and coats. [7] b) Explain gusset and its types. [4] c) Write standard body measurement for size 38, 40, 42, 44. [4]
------
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
TOTAL HOURS: 64 MAXIMUM MARKS: 100 HOURS/WEEK: 04 I.A. MARKS: 25
S. NO. TOPICS HOURS ALLOTTED
UNIT-I TANNERY EFFLUENT 10
UNIT-II METHODS OF EFFLUENT TREATMENT 12
UNIT-III TANNERY WASTE MANAGEMENT 11
UNIT-IV EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT 11
UNIT-V NEWER CONCEPTS IN LEATHER 11 PROCESSING
SEMINARS 06
TESTS / REVISION 03
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
UNIT- I 1. TANNERY EFFLUENT
1.1 Leather Industries & Implications. 1.2 Sources of generation of liquid & solid wastes in tanneries. 1.3 Environmental Pollution by tannery. 1.4 Definitions of TS, TVS, TFS, VSS, TDS, TSS, DO, BOD, COD, etc. 1.5 Types & characteristics of effluent from Beam house process, Tan yard & finishing yard process. 1.6 B.I.S. specification for discharge of treated effluent. 1.7 Recovery & Reuse of water in tannery. 1.8 Waste water drainage & collection systems in tanneries.
UNIT-II 2. METHODS OF TREATMENT 2.1 Methods of Treatment. 2.2 Principles & General methods of Primary and Secondary Treatments. 2.3 Removal of suspended solids by Sedimentation, Co-agulation, Flocculation, Floatation, Filtration, Evaporation techniques. 2.4 Lagoon treatment, Aeration system, trickling filter. 2.5 Biological treatments-Aerobic & Anaerobic methods, UASB. 2.6 Membrane Technology- Reverse Osmosis, Ozonosis, and UV treatment techniques. 2.7 Unit Operations in controlling pollutants. 2.8 Tertiary Treatment principles & methods.
UNIT-III 3. TANNERY WASTE MANAGEMENT 3.1 Solid Waste Management. • Composition & Characteristics of Solid Wastes. • Sludge disposal & Management • Sludge drying Beds. • Mechanical operations involved in solid waste disposal • Bio-energy from solid waste.
3.2 Liquid waste management • Minimization of chemical and water consumption in leather processing. • Chrome Recovery & Reuse Techniques • Cleaner Technological Processes, Recycle of Soak liquor, Liming floats, Pickle floats, etc.
UNIT-IV 4. EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT
4.1 Concepts of ETP/CETP. 4.2 Design & layout of ETP & CETP. 4.3 Important design considerations of new ETP. 4.4 Operation Control & monitoring of ETP. 4.5 Odor management. 4.6 Cost evaluation of ETP/CETP. 4.7 Up gradation of existing ETP/CETP. . UNIT-V 5. NEWER CONCEPTS IN LEATHER PROCESSING
5.1 Eco-friendly Pre-tanning Operations: • Less salt & salt-less curing techniques. • Sulphide free Un-hairing systems. • Ammonia free deliming systems. • Salt free pickling system. • Solvent free eco-friendly degreasing system. 5.2 Eco-friendly Tanning Systems: • High Exhaustion Cr-tanning. • Less Cr or Cr-free tanning. • Organic Tannages. • Alternative mineral tanning systems. 5.3 Cleaner Wet Finishing Techniques: • Process control & Optimization of use of chemicals / auxiliaries for pollution reduction. • Pollution free Dyeing - Benzidine & Toxic aryl amine free dyes. • Safer pigment, free from toxic metal ions. • Reduction of Formaldehyde use & Compact Finish.
5.4 Limitations of preservatives.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Thomas C. Thortensen --- Fundamentals of Pollution control for leather industry. 2. Kothari’s desk Book Series ---Dr. S. Sadulla. Kothari Group Publication, Chennai. 3. Waste Water Engg. ---Metcalf & Eddy. 4. Chemistry of Environmental Engineering – Sawyer C.M., Maccarty.P.L, 3rd edition McGraw hill publications 5. Tanneries and the environment – A technical guide1991 – UNIDO & UNDP 6. Proceedings of workshop on Cleaner Production Technology – UNIDO- Chennai 1998 7. Proceedings of workshop on Cleaner Production Technology- CLRI - Chennai 1998 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
UNIT- I TANNERY EFFLUENT
General Objectives : • To understand the concepts of Pollution related with the tanning industry. • To know the B.I.S. norms for discharge of treated effluent. • Apprehend the ideas of recovery/ reuse of water in tannery.
Specific Objectives : • Discuss about the sources of generation of liquid & solid wastes in tanneries. • Explain the types & characteristics of effluent obtained from Beam house, Tan yard & Finishing operations. • Write the definitions of TS, TVS, TSS, DO, BOD, COD, etc. • Mention the B.I.S. specification for discharge of treated effluent. • Write a short note on Pollution done by tannery. • Explain how treated tannery waste water can be recovered or reused.
UNIT-II METHODS OF TREATMENT
General Objectives : • To understand the methods & principles followed during waste water treatment. • To know about various biological treatments. • To understand the advanced technologies like Membrane filter, Reverse Osmosis, Ozonosis, etc. for higher degree of purification.
Specific Objectives: • Mention the need of Pretreatment operation. • Describe the principle & method of primary unit operation followed in ETP. . • Describe the principle & method of secondary unit operation followed in ETP. • Write the principles & methods of Coagulation & Flocculation followed in ETP for fastening the settling of suspended solids. • Discuss lagoon treatment followed in ETP. • State the principle & methods of aeration system followed in ETP. • Explain about Trickling filter method followed in ETP. • Write short notes on: 1.Reverse Osmosis. 2. Ozonosis 3. UV treatment.
UNIT-III TANNERY WASTE MANAGEMENT
General Objectives : • To understand physical, chemical & biological characteristics of solid waste produced in tannery • To know how to manage solid waste produced. • To know the minimization techniques of production of solid wastes or waste water.
Specific Objectives : • Discuss about solid management system associated with tannery. • Describe the composition of solid wastes obtained from tannery. • Write the physical, chemical & biological characteristics of tannery wastes. • Explain the mechanical operations involved in tannery waste management. • Write in detail about principle and method of formation of bio-energy from solid waste. • Discuss about cleaner technology for leather industry related to the little waste production. • Explain the significance of Cr-recovery & reuse techniques.
UNIT-IV EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT General Objectives : • To understand the sequence of processes and design / layout of ETP/CETP. • To know how to deal with Odor management. • To understand the cost evaluation of ETP/CETP.
Specific Objectives : • Write in detail the important points needed to keep in mind during designing the CETP. • Draw a layout of an efficient CETP. • Write a short note on Odor management. • Discuss different measures related with the operation control & monitoring of unit operations of CETP. • Discuss about cost evaluation of ETP/CETP.
UNIT-V NEWER CONCEPTS IN LEATHER PROCESSING
General Objectives: • To know about Eco-friendly pre-tanning operations. • To understand the Eco-friendly tanning systems. • To know about cleaner wet finishing techniques.
Specific Objectives: • Discuss about less salt or salt-less curing techniques. • Explain the different sulphide free unhairing processes. • Write in detail about ammonia free deliming agents. • Write a short note on salt free pickling system. • Describe the solvent free eco-friendly degreasing techniques. • Write a short note on efficient Cr-tanning process. • Write about different organic tanning systems. • What are the different mineral tanning systems? • Discuss about pollution free dyeing. • Write the process control for optimization of use of chemicals & auxiliaries for pollution reduction.
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
S.NO TOPICS Q.NO MARKS TOTAL TOTAL MARKS GIVEN MARKS TO TO BE BE ASKED ANSWERED 1 Section – I 1a) +b) 5+5 10 (from any unit) 2 Section – II 45 30
From unit – 1 2,3 15+15=30 From unit- II 4 15 3 Section- III 45 30
From unit- II 5 15 From unit – III 6,7 15+15=30 4 Section – IV 45 30
From unit-IV 8 15 From unit- V 9,10 15+15=30 TOTAL 145 100
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS [MODEL QUESTION PAPER]
Maximum marks: 100 Time allotted: 3 hours Instructions: 1. Answer section-I, which is compulsory 2. Answer any 2 full questions each from sections-II, III & IV respectively.
SECTION-I
1. A) Fill in the blanks: (1X5=5)
I) Primary unit operation in ETP is simply ……………… II) TSS stands for Total ………………………. . III) The amount of DO present in saturated fresh water is ………….. Mg/litre. IV) Cr (III) converts into ……………..when it is exposed to direct sunlight. V) The main constituent gas present in bio gas is…......
B) Write a short note on trickling filter technique used in ETP. (5)
SECTION-II
2. A). What are the sources of generation of liquid & solid wastes in tanneries? Explain. (8) B). Explain how treated tannery waste water can be recovered or reused. (5) C). What is DO? (2)
3. A). Mention the B.I.S. specification for discharge of treated effluent? (9) B). Write a short note on BOD. (3) C). Write a short note on COD. (3)
4. A). Describe the biological treatment methods followed in ETP (8) B). Mention the need of pretreatment of waste water in ETP. (4) C). Explain reverse osmosis method followed in water purification. (3)
SECTION-III
5. A). Write the principles of coagulation & flocculation followed in settling of (8) suspended solids present in waste water. B). Write a short note on membrane filter method. (5) C). What is the meaning of supernatant layer in waste water treatment processes? (2)
6. A). Write the physical, chemical & biological characteristics of tannery solid wastes. (8) B). Explain the significance of Cr- recovery & reuse in tannery. (5) C). Write the contents of bio gas. (2)
7. A). Write the principles of bio-energy from ETP solid waste. (5) B). Write a short note on cleaner technology that can be used in leather industry. (8) C). What is SDB? (2)
SECTION-IV
8. A). Draw a neat sketch of an efficient CETP. (8) B). Write a short note on cost evaluation of ETP. (5) C). Mention the criteria for selection of land for ETP. (2)
9. A).Discuss about salt-less curing techniques? (8) B). Write a short note on efficient sludge disposal? (5) C). What is the meaning of optimization of use of chemicals? (2)
10. A). Explain the different sulphide free unhairing systems? (8) B). Write a short note on salt free pickling operation? (5) C). What is the eco-friendly, solvent free degreasing method? (2)
------
LEATHER GOODS AND GARMENT FABRICATION
TOTAL HOURS: 96 MAXIMUM MARKS: 100 HOURS/WEEK: 06 I.A. MARKS: 25
PART-A LEATHER GOODS (50 marks)
1) Drawing – Elementary and free hand drawing lines, curves, circles, French curves, oval, principles of perspective drawing – 3 dimensional cubes, cones, hexagonal and other geometric figures. 2) Free hand drawings of various leather goods items. 3) Designing leather articles i.e. coin purse, key case wallet, clutch purse, pouch and ladies hand bag. Basic measurement, cutting components in paper making and assembling of parts and panels. Making of patterns on cardboard and templates. 4) Sewing practice – Machine control and practice (with/without needle). Paper exercises/scrap leather pieces – For different shapes and sizes. Skiving and other operation practice – leather scrap. 5) Fabrication of small leather goods – Folded edge key case, wallet, spectacle case, coin purse, belts etc… 6) Estimate the cost sheet of each product.
PART-B LEATHER GARMENTS (50 marks)
1) Free hand sketching of jackets, ladies coat, waist coat, ties and caps. 2) Designing ladies/gents garments – Measurements. General instruction – Cutting layouts, sewing directions, pattern pieces. Fitting, basic pattern fit. Pattern layout and marking – test garment – Selection of leather, linings and accessories. 3) Sewing practice – Machine control and practice (with/without needle). Paper exercises/scrap leather pieces – For different shapes and sizes. Skiving and other operation practice – leather scrap. 4) Preparation of sectional patterns – Component wise – Gents/ladies leather jacket/coat. 5) Fabrication of gents/ladies jacket/coat. 6) Estimate the cost sheet of the product.
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION/EVALUATION:
PART –A LEATHER GOODS (50 marks)
1. One question on manufacturing process of any leather article with diagram. =10 marks 2. Pattern cutting and fabrication of leather article. =30 marks 3. Viva – voce. =05 marks 4. Record. =05 marks
PART -B LEATHER GARMENTS (50 marks)
1. One question on manufacturing process of leather garment with size measurement and diagram. =10 marks 2. Pattern cutting and fabrication of any leather garment Component. =30 marks 3. Viva – voce. =05 marks 4. Record. =05 marks ------TOTAL =100 marks
PHYSICAL TESTING
TOTAL HOURS: 96 MAXIMUM MARKS: 100 HOURS/WEEK: 06 I.A. MARKS: 25
PART - A PHYSICAL TESTING OF LEATHERS
1. Sampling 2. Tensile Strength & elongation at break. 3. Stitch tears strength. 4. Tongue tears strength. 5. Grain crack & bursting strength. 6. Static/Dynamic water absorption test. 7. Water proofness test. 8. Apparent density. 9. Shrinkage temperature. 10. Abrasion resistance. 11. Compressibility & Resilience test. 12. Flexural endurance test. 13. Air & water vapor permeability. 14. Dry & wet rub fastness.
PART-B MICROSCOPY & BACTERIOLOGY (Only Demonstration not for Examination)
1. Setting up of compound microscope. 2. Preparation of microscopical slides by paraffin embedding method & freezing method. 3. Preparation of various culture media. 4. Straining of bacteria. 5. Enumeration of bacteria in Hides/Skins and in tan liquors 6. Isolation & identification of fungi in leathers. 7. Mid dew resistance test for leathers. 8. Identification of insect & parasitic damages to leather.
LIST OF MACHINES REQUIRED:
1. Thickness Gauge. 2. Tensile tester. 3. Lastometer. 4. Dye & Sample Cutter. 5. Kubelka apparatus. 6. Flexing Endurance tester. 7. Wide mouth bottle. 8. Dynamic waterproofness tester. 9. Scuff resistance taster. 10. Color rub fastness tester.
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
1. Any two questions on various physical tests. 2. Each carries 40 marks.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION
1. AIM + PRINCIPLE (2+3) = 05 marks 2. PROCEDURE =10 marks 3. CONDUCTING TESTING = 10 marks 4. TABULATION + CALCULATION (5+5) =10 marks 5. RESULT WITH UNITS = 05 marks ------40 6. FOR TWO QUESTIONS. 2*40 = 80 marks 7. RECORD =10 marks 8. VIVA =10 marks ------TOTAL =100 marks
DIPLOMA IN LEATHER TECHNOLOGY
COMMUNICATION AND ANALYSIS SKILL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME (CASP)
HOURS/WEEK: 06 TOTAL HOURS: 96
Competence to be developed (in place of objectives):
I. To present orally about any topic of the student’s interest to the rest of the class without the assistance of media or any other aid (only talk) for about 10 minutes creating interest in the listeners and sustaining the interest with a meaningful conclusion. II. To prepare a study report on any product/service in comparison with another one that is comparable from technical specification to customer satisfaction. III. To present with the aid of slides (6 to 10) about the study conducted above to the rest of the class in about 10 minutes with the use of print for information and slides for graphs, pictures, images, video and animations etc.
Note to teachers:
• A teacher may guide only 6 to a maximum of ten students per year. This is to ensure active participation of each learner. • All 96 hours need NOT be contact hours by the teacher. Students may be encouraged to do activities on their own with peer group to ensure higher level of participation. • There are ten different tasks to be completed in the course of 96 hours. On completion of each task, record the result and the marks along with the initials of the learner for future reference, inspection and evaluation. • A few activities are suggested under each task. Teachers can improvise on the list and add more activities as they progress from one batch to another. • Students should not be compared with each other; instead they must be compared to the standards given against each task. • The standard suggested is minimum requirement, learners may excel. The services of those who excel may be utilised to guide other learners to reach the suggested minimum. • The tasks 8, 9 and 10 may be evaluated in the presence of the total group so that learners get the benefit of knowing the inferences made by others and even their presentation style.
Details of tasks to be completed:
Task 1 – Communication skills: - One to one personal communication. 6 hrs. 5 marks. Practice in pairs through role play Suggested activities: 1. Telephonic conversation of a customer and supplier. 2. Front office receptionist and a visitor. 3. Negotiation between suppliers of equipment/chemical to a technical representative of a manufacturing unit. 4. Conversation between quality inspector from the bulk buyer to the shop floor supervisor regarding maintenance of any quality.
Standards to be met: • Given a telephone number, a student must be able to call and gather information from the person, sustaining the conversation for about 3 min using proper etiquettes and report on the enquiry made about the product or service. [e.g., call a toll free number to ask details about a product or service] • Given a situation, a student must be able to talk to a person face to face in simulation, gather information about a product, discuss about it and also negotiate with him in the specified time (here, time can be specified by the teacher as per the need).
Task 2 – Communication exercise between one to many in simulation: 6 hrs. 5 marks. Suggested Activities: 1. A very short talk highlighting the features of a branded product. 2. A creative advertisement sequence for a product being green. 3. A debate on solid waste management in leather goods manufacturing industry. 4. A panel discussion among students on issues related to tanning and finished goods.
Standards to be met: • Given a brochure, one must be able to study about the product and understand it in 15 min and talk about it to his group highlighting its features and explain it in about 3 min. • A student must be able to identify a topic of interest for debate, initiate the debate and carry it on, dividing the group into two based on different perspectives(e.g., For and against the topic)
Task 3 – Listening Skills: 6 hrs. 5 marks. Suggested Activities: 1. View an advertisement of a branded product and write down the message behind. 2. Listen to the audio in a promotional CD for about 15 minutes of any chosen product or service .Make hints and discuss. 3. View a CD of an innovative practice in tanning or producing finished goods for a length of 15 minutes and write down the summary in a paragraph of 20 lines. 4. Listen to a lecture on environmental effects of chemical effluents from tanning industry and write a summary in 200 words.
Standards to be met: • Given an audio clip or a visual of an advertisement, one must be able to listen carefully and understand it enabling him to write the message behind it in the specified time (say in about 5 min.). • A student must be able to listen to a lecture or watch a CD for 15 min, noting down the key points and write a summary in 200 words in the next 15 min. Note: Hints taken and the summary must be hand written by the student and documented for evaluation.
Task 4 – Reading skills: 6 hrs. 5 marks. Suggested activities: 1. Read an article from a magazine on the trade of banned leather products from endangered species and talk to the rest of the group in about 5 minutes. 2. Read an advertisement of a branded leather product and elaborate its qualities after collecting information from a different source like the company web site. 3. Read an article on Shoe designing using CAD from the internet and discuss the merits. 4. Read a note on usage of polymers in leather industry from any technical journal and narrate in the class
Standards to be met: • Given an article from a journal or an advertisement from a magazine, one must be able to comprehend it in 15 to 20 min. Later on read it out to an audience, with proper intonation and elaborate it in the next 10 min. • Given an article from the internet, a student must be able to gather more information from the net about it, understand it and read it out for an audience and narrate it.
Task 5- Writing Skills: 12 hrs. 10 marks. Suggested activities: 1. Write a resume and a covering letter for three different jobs 1) Wanted Leather Technician for a tannery. 2) Wanted Shoe -designer who is proficient in CAD for an MNC. 3) Wanted Supervisor for footwear company 2. Write a synopsis for given topics related to leather in 100 words. 3. Write a summary on the latest style & trends in leather products. 4. Write an essay on functioning of any leather machinery for 150 words.
Standards to be met: Given a job advertisement, a student must be able to write a suitable resume and a covering letter in 30 min [Advertisements can be tailor-made by the teacher deliberately to train their students- e.g., two different jobs like a marketing person and an assistant in a Research & Development section and train students to prepare two resume for these jobs highlighting different achievements of the student in co-curricular activities to suit each job] Given a topic, a student must be able to write a synopsis or summary or an essay in about 150 words in the stipulated time. Note: All these have to be hand written by the learner and documented for evaluation.
Task 6- Knowledge of using Internet: 6 hrs. 5 marks. Suggested activities: 1. Create an e-mail id and mail to 6 others 1) Sending simple messages 2) Forwarding messages with their comments 2. Sending message with attachments 1) Adding files as attachments 2) Adding scanned attachments 3. Collecting data from net 1) Latest designs in hand bags. 2) Brand list for shoes. 4. Forwarding resumes to different jobs.
Standards to be met: Given an access to internet, one must be able to create an email ID, send mails, forward simple mails and also mails with attachments including scanned attachments and URL (web addresses for direct link). Also, they must be able to collect data from different websites using internet search engines and forward resumes to different job offering companies. Note: Printouts of the mails, replies received and also the attachments with date and time have to be documented.
Task 7- Oral communication: 6 hrs. 5 marks. Suggested activities: 1. Debate on current topics. 2. Group discussion on latest developments in leather sector. 3. Discussion on qualities required for good entrepreneur. 4. Debate on role of women in leather industry.
Standards to be met: Given a topic of relevance, they must be able to form groups and discuss/debate on it. Also one must take cue and participate actively in a group discussion . Encourage students to note down the points of discussion and file the points in the portfolio for evaluation.
Task 8- Collecting market data and analysing for meaningful inferences: 18 hrs. 10 marks. Suggested activities: 1. Collect data for any two leather products/chemicals/machines of two different producers which includes technical details, specifications, cost and customer satisfaction. 2. Use appropriate tools and collect data from authentic sources. Depending on the source decide the number of units for collecting the data. 3. Analyse the data with a view to compare these two leather products/chemicals/machines. 4. Interpret the analysis for meaningful conclusions. 5. Record the whole process for any other person to verify.
Standards to be met: Given two products/equipments/service, one must collect adequate information from an authentic source for each, like the company website or the printed brochure and record the specifications. The maintenance of quality of the product/service needs to be studied from personnel working at different levels in the company(3 -5 in number) for each product/service. A set of questions needs to be prepared for collecting data. The same questionnaire has to be used for collecting data from the personnel mentioned above. One must compare the two products for all the parameters based on the specifications. Also, a market survey has to be done preparing a printed questionnaire of around 5 questions and collecting responses from 20 customers. Then, analyse the data, compare them and interpret the analysis for meaningful conclusions. Note: This being a comprehensive task may require few weeks to finish. The data collected and the analysis carried out need to be documented.
Task 9 - Presentation Skills: 12 hrs. 10 marks. 1. Student should present the report of activities done in Task 8 for 10 minutes supported by few slides (6 to 10) of pictures, graphs, images etc. The text material if any may be printed and given to the audience. Discourage students from using text material in slides.
Standards to be met: One must present the analysis done in task 8 using slides with pictures, graphs, images etc in 10 min. The first slide may contain text only as per need but other slides should preferably have pictures and images. Usage of graphs for comparison and analysis is preferred. Text materials have to be given as handouts to the audience.
Task-10 Pick and talk. 12 hrs. 5 marks. 1. Pick a topic from a lot and student should allowed to speak for the duration of 2 to 3 minutes without the aid of any other media. Standards to be met: One must be able to talk extempore for 2 min on any topic picked randomly from the lot, given a time of two minutes for organising his/her thoughts. The topics can be kept simple and general (current events of interest like cricket or tsunami). It must be totally an oral activity without the aid of any other media.
List of topics in leather technology for learners to use in the tasks 1 to 10.
• Present condition of Indian leather industry. • Availability of raw materials. • Cleaner technology in leather processing. • Non-conventional sources of energy. • Merits of CAD in leather products designing. • Safety in leather industry. • Clicking technology. • Up gradation techniques for leather. • Environmental pollution. • Automation in leather industry. • Recycling of leather waste. • Managing sludge produced in leather tanning industry. • Eco friendly dies and chemicals.
FORMAT OF LOG SHEETS * Sl.No. Date Task Progress of Task Initials of staff in charge and the student Evaluation (as suggested in each task)
Signature of Guide Signature of HOD
All documented work as described in each task need to be filed in a portfolio with task no.1 at the bottom and task 10 on top. The log sheet may be filed on top. Learners need to have only one portfolio which contains all original documents. Duplicate copies need not be maintained. This is to ensure the authenticity of data collected and the analysis conducted on the data.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION ( Total no. of students in one batch for end examination should not exceed 20)
1. Maintenance of portfolio and log book 10 2. Evaluation of prepared report on all ten tasks 65 3. End examination: A portfolio evaluation is recommended for the end examination evaluating the record of all ten activities of each individual learner for consistency and in case of any inconsistency the learner may be assessed on the criteria given against each task. Marks awarded for evaluating the portfolio - 50 Total= 125 marks. Note to End examination evaluators: • Check the genuineness and authenticity of all recorded activities. • The learner may be asked to do one activity of the choice of the examiner which involves listening to instructions, writing a small paragraph of 50 words, reading it and talking for a few minutes. • The learner may be asked about his satisfaction of the marks awarded and in case of any mismatch the examiner may assess his performance and alter the portfolio assessment (here the benefit of doubt may be in favour of the learner i.e., an improvement may be recorded but in case the examiner feels that the marks awarded is more the same may be retained). • Do not compare the performance of one student with that of another. • Always compare the performance to the standard. • Any one task at random need be checked for each learner. • Total time taken for the evaluation of a portfolio need not exceed 15 minutes.
All documented work as described in each task need to be filed in a portfolio with task no.1 at the bottom and ten on top. The log sheet may be filed on top. Learners need to have only one portfolio which contains all original documents. Duplicate copies need not be maintained. This is to ensure the authenticity of data collected and the analysis conducted on the data.
Recommended text book for the prescribed syllabus: Ashan Academy (2011), Communication and Analysis skills, Orient Blackswan, Hyderabad.
References:
1. Chakravarthi K. T. & Chakravarthi L. T. (2011), Soft Skills for Managers, biztantra, New Delhi. 2. Alex K., (2009), Soft Skills: S. Chand & company Ltd, New Delhi. 3. Pink M. A. & S. E. Thomas. : Communication Skills, S. Chand & company Ltd, New Delhi. 4. Siddons S. (2008), Presentation Skills, Universities Press, Hyderabad. 5. Adler.: Communication : Goals and Approaches, Cengage Learning. 6. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_Language_Skills_Assessment 7. http://www.how-to-write-a-resume.org/resume_writing_examples.html 8. http://www.mindtools.com/page8.html 9. http://lorien.ncl.ac.uk/ming/Dept/Tips/present/present.html
In case during the implementation of CASP any teacher has a suggestion to improve the learners competence concerning any one of the ten tasks please feel free to mail to the following addresses: 1) [email protected] or 2) [email protected]
VI- SEMESTER
SIXTH SEMESTER DIPLOMA IN LEATHER TECHNOLOGY Scheme of Study and Examination. (With effect from 2011-12)
Subject Contact Hours Scheme of Examination SL Code Exam. End Exam. I.A Total Min No Theory Subject Theory Pract. Total Duration Max Min Marks* Marks marks Marks marks for passing Basic Management 1 9ME51 Skills & Indian 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 Constitution 2 9LT61 Byproducts Technology 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
Practical 12 12 weeks weeks 3 9LT62P Industrial Training --- 3 100 50 25 125 60 /seme /seme ster ster 4 9LT63P Project Work --- 3 3 3 100 50 25 125 60
Total 8 3 11 400 100 500 210
BY-PRODUCTS TECHNOLOGY
TOTAL HOURS: 64 MAXIMUM MARKS: 100 HOURS/WEEK: 04 I.A. MARKS: 25
Sl. No. TOPICS MARKS ALLOTTED
UNIT-I AN OVERVIEW OF BY-PRODUCTS 11
UNIT-II TANNERY BY-PRODUCTS 11
UNIT-III UTILISATION OF BLOOD & BONES 11
11 UNIT-IV KERATINOUS BY-PRODUCTS
UNIT-V STUDY OF GLANDS, CASINGS, AND OTHER 11 BY-PRODUCTS
SEMINARS 06
TESTS / REVISION 03
BY-PRODUCTS TECHNOLOGY
UNIT-I 1. AN OVERVIEW OF BY-PRODUCTS
1.1. Introduction – Types of animal by-products, nature, composition, uses & its benefits. 1.2 Various sources of raw materials for byproducts 1.3 Different techniques of processing by-products. 1.4 Present methods of collection, preservation & utilization. 1.5 Importance of slaughter house. 1.6 Utilization of offal & condemned materials. 1.7 Fallen carcass & its utility. 1.8 Planning a by-product plant 1.9 Concepts of stock feeds & fertilizer preparation & uses.
UNIT-II 2. TANNERY BY-PRODUCTS 2.1 Tannery by-products – Types, Nature, Composition & Uses. 2.2 Present methods of collection, preservation & utilization. 2.3 Recovery of salt from salted Hides/Skins, its treatment & reuse. 2.4. Recovery & reuse of Chrome. 2.5 Limed fleshing, Leather shavings & Trimming, Collagen-utilization studies: • Preparation & Uses of collagen hydrolysates. • Manufacturing process & uses of leather board. • Manufacturing process & uses of Pet treats. • Manufacturing process of Glue/Gelatin & its uses. • Splits – Processing (Gloves & Washers etc.).
UNIT-III 3. UTILISATION OF BLOOD & BONES 3.1. Blood • Collection, Preservation & its uses. • Processing of blood meal.
3.2. Bones • Collection of bones from slaughter house, infields & its benefits. • Crushing of bones. • Sinews and its utility • Manufacturing process of glue /gelatin ,TCP –Uses • Ossein, DCP-Bergman Process,-uses, Acidulation of bones, Precipitation of DCP. • Calcined bones / Bone ash & its uses. • Neats foot oil. - Manufacturing process & uses. • Bone meal UNIT-IV 4. KERATINOUS BY-PRODUCTS
4.1 Study of keratinous materials - Horns, Hoofs, Wool, Hair, Feathers, etc. 4.2 Horns/Hoofs • Introduction, collection of horns & horn piths, hoofs, etc - Uses. • Preparation of horn/hoof meals.
4.3. Wool, Hair, Feathers • Wool - Characteristics of wool fibers, factors affecting quality, defects-uses. • Hair - Types, Collection & processing of hair, Manufacturing process of brushes, fertilizers. • Feathers -Collection & uses, Feather meal for stock feed. Manufacture of fertilizers, Manufacture of keratin hydrolysate & its applications.
UNIT-V 5. STUDY OF GLANDS, CASINGS, AND OTHER BY-PRODUCTS 5.1. Glands: • Glands of internal secretion, uses & processing [Pancreas-Thyroids- Para thyroids- Adrenal bodies – ovaries- Testes- Thymus- Pituitary body]. • Enzymes – Rennin, Pepsin, Bile & Gall stones.
5.2. Casings • Raw materials & Terminologies used. • Standard method of preparation. • Casings by salting – Sheep, Beef, Hog. • Casings by drying – Hog, Beef bladder.
5.3 Ruminal contents • Composition, Vermi-compost, Stack, Compost Bunkers etc & Its uses.
5.4. Production of Methane gas & its uses. 5.5 Manufacturing process of Glue & Gelatin from pig skins & isinglass.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Process & Utilization of Animal By-products ---- I. Mann. 2. Hand book of Glue & Gelatin ----Dr. S. Divakaran. 3. Animal By-products -Their processing & utilization – Scaria K.J, Mahindra Kumar & Divakar, 4. Animal Wastes ----Taiganides E.P. 5. Handbook of rural technology for processing of animal by-products -- Mahindra Kumar.
BY-PRODUCTS TECHNOLOGY UNIT-I 1. AN OVERVIEW OF BY-PRODUCTS General Objectives: • To understand the overall perspectives of animal by-products. • To elaborate the importance of slaughter house.
Specific Objectives: • Write short notes on various sources of raw materials for by-products. • Tabulate the different by-products & its uses. • Explain the different techniques adopted for processing by-products. • Describe the present methods of collection & utilization. • Discuss about importance of slaughter house. • Narrate about fallen carcass & its utility. • Explain the criteria for planning a by-products plant. • Enumerate the ideas of preparing stock feeds. • State the preparation techniques of fertilizers. • Mention the uses of fertilizers. UNIT-II 2. TANNERY BY-PRODUCTS General Objectives: • To understand the types of tannery by-products & its utilization.
Specific Objectives: • List out the by-products from tannery wastes& mention its uses. • Write short notes on collection & utilization. • Explain the recovery of salt from salted hides & skins, its treatment & reuse. • Describe recovery & reuse of Chrome. • Discuss about collagen and its utility as by-products. • Write short notes on collagen hydrolysates. • Explain the manufacturing process of leather board. • Describe the manufacturing process of pet treats. • Narrate the manufacturing process of Glue & Gelatin. • Explain split processing and its uses.
UNIT-III 3. UTILISATION OF BLOOD & BONES General Objectives: • To understand the utility of blood & bones as by-products.
Specific Objectives: • Write short notes on collection & preservation of blood. • List out the uses of blood. • Explain the processing of blood meal. • Write short notes on crushing of bones. • Describe the collection of bones its benefits. • Define sinews and mention its uses. • Discuss the manufacturing process of glue/gelatin. • Mention the uses of glue. • Write short notes on TCP. • Explain the manufacturing process of ossein & DCP. • Narrate the Bergmann process. • Write a short note on acidulation of bones. • Explain the precipitation process of DCP. • Write short notes on bone ash/calcined bones. • Note down the details of bone meal. • Describe the manufacturing process of Neat’s foot oil.
UNIT-IV 4. KERATINOUS BY-PRODUCTS
General Objectives: • To understand the detailed concepts of by-products obtained from keratinous matters.
Specific Objectives: • Tabulate various keratinous matters and its uses. • Explain the chemistry of keratins. • Write short notes on collection of horns & hoofs. • Mention its uses. • Prepare a note on horn/hoof meals. • Describe the characteristics of wool fiber. • Write short notes on factors effecting quality. • Mention its defects. • List out the uses. • Explain the collection & processing of hair. • Discuss the manufacturing process of brush. • Make a note on processing of fertilizers. • Narrate the manufacturing process of * and its uses. • Write short notes on feather meal for stock feed.
UNIT-V 5. STUDY OF GLANDS, CASINGS, AND OTHER BY-PRODUCTS
General Objectives: • To understand the usage of various glands. • To elaborate the principles of casings. • To apprehend about R.C. & its uses and production of methane gas.
Specific Objectives: • List out various glands. • Explain about pancreas, its collection and utility. • Write short notes on usage of Thyroids & Para thyroids. • Mention the existence of adrenal bodies & its usage. • Describe about sexual glands. • Define Thymus & state its uses. • Write short note on Pituitary bodies. • Explain enzymes. • Write short note on bile and gall stones. • Discuss the basic principles & raw materials for casings. • Discuss the standard method of casing preparation. • Explain the casings by salting. • Describe the method of drying in casings. • Mention the composition of ruminal contents. • Define vermi-compost. • Write about compost bunkers. • Explain the production of methane gas. • Mention its uses. • List out the contents of bio-gas.
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
S.NO TOPICS Q.NO MARKS TOTAL TOTAL MARKS GIVEN MARKS TO TO BE BE ASKED ANSWERED 1 Section – I 1.a) 5+5 10 (from any unit) 2 Section – II 45 30
From unit – 1 2,3 15+15=30 From unit- II 4 15 3 Section- III 45 30
From unit- II 5 15 From unit – III 6,7 15+15=30 4 Section – IV 45 30
From unit-IV 8 15 From unit- V 9,10 15+15=30 TOTAL 145 100
BY-PRODUCTS TECHNOLOGY [MODEL QUESTION PAPER] Maximum marks: 100 Time allotted: 3 hours
Instructions: 1. Answer section-I, which is compulsory 2. Answer any 2 full questions each from sections-II, III & IV respectively.
SECTION-I
1. A) Fill in the blanks: (1X5=5)
I) The demineralised bone is called as ………………………. II)……………. is used as preservative in clarification of glue. III) Formula of DCP is ………………. IV) Leather board is manufactured from ……………………. V)………………… is impure form of gelatin.
B). Write short notes on fallen carcass & its utility. (5)
SECTION-II
2. A). Explain the importance of slaughter house? (5) B). List out various sources of raw materials for by-products? (5) C). Tabulate the types of animal by-products & its uses? (5)
3. A). Write short notes on recovery & reuse of salt from salted hides & skins? (5) B).List out the tannery by-products & tabulate its uses? (5) C). Explain briefly about split processing? (5)
4. A).Describe the manufacturing process of leather board? (9) B). Mention the uses of Collagen Hydrolysates. (3) C). Write the uses of preservatives in glue (2)
SECTION-III
5. A). Write short notes on processing of blood meal? (5) B). Explain the manufacturing process of DCP by Bergmann process? (6) C). Write a note on TCP. (4)
6. A). Discuss the manufacturing process of glue from crushed bones? (8) B). Write the benefits of collection of bones? (5) C). What is Ossein? (2)
7. A). Explain the chemistry of keratin? (6) B). List out the uses of horns/hoofs? (4) C). Write the characteristics of wool fibers? (5)
SECTION-IV
8. A). Write a note on manufacturing process of keratin hydrolysates? (7) B). How is horn & hoof meal prepared? (4) C). List out the factors affecting quality of wool? (4)
9. A). Write a short on enzymes? (5) B). Explain briefly about bile? (5) C).What is compost bunker? (5)
10. A). Explain the standard method of preparation of casings? (8) B).Write short note on utility of pancreas? (5) C). Mention the principle behind production of methane gas? (2)
------
INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
MAXIMUM MARKS: 100 I.A. MARKS: 25
• It is mandatory for each student to undergo training for a period of minimum 12 weeks in any one disciplines of leather & leather products i.e. footwear, leather goods, leather garments, leather upholstery (furniture/automobile) & tanning etc. • At the end of industrial training, the external guide (from concerned industry) should submit the performance certificate with attendance in a sealed envelope to the principal of the institute. • The students should maintain a record and it should be duly signed by their external guide daily. • The daily report should be submitted for final evaluation.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION:
A. Industrial Training: 100 Marks.
1. Daily report = 50 Marks. 2. Methodological study = 10 Marks. 3. Performance certificate = 20 Marks. 4. Attendance = 10 Marks. 5. Innovative techniques = 10 Marks.
B. Viva – voce [I.A.Marks] = 25 Marks
Department of Technical Education, Karnataka DIPLOMA IN LEATHER TECHNOLOGY FIFTH & SIXTH SEMESTER (Final end examination will be in Sixth Semester) SUBJECT: PROJECT WORK AND INDUSTRIAL VISIT
Contact Hrs/Week: 3 Hrs. Contact Hrs: 48 Hrs + 48 Hrs
As far as possible students should be given application oriented project problems with a view to:
1. Develop an understanding regarding the size and scale of operations and nature of field work in which students are going to play their role after completing the course of study in Mechanical Engineering. 2. Develop an understanding of subject based knowledge given in the classroom in the context of its application at work places. 3. Provide first hand experience to develop confidence amongst the students to enable them to use and apply acquired technical knowledge and skills to solve practical problems of the world of work. 4. Develop special skills and abilities like interpersonal skills, communication skills, attitudes and values. 5. Practical exposure to an industrial activity
For the fulfillment of above competencies, polytechnics may establish close linkage with 8-10 relevant organizations for providing such an experience. It is necessary that each organization is visited well in advance by respective teachers and activities to be performed by students are well defined. The chosen activities should be such which are of curricular interest to students and of professional value to industrial/field organizations.
Each Project batch must have Minimum of 5 students.
Effort should be made to identify actual field problems to be given as project work to the students. Project selected should not be too complex which is beyond the comprehension level of the students. The placement of the students for such a practical cum project work should match with the competency profile and interest of students.
Students may be assessed both by industry and polytechnic faculty.
The suggested performance criteria are given below: a) Punctuality and regularity (Log book - mandatory and to be produced during IA verification) b) Initiative in learning/Demonstration and fabrication of model c) Level/proficiency of practical skills acquired d) Originality e) Scope for patentability f) Sense of responsibility g) Self expression/Communication skills h) Interpersonal skills. g) Report writing skills h) Viva voce Some of suggested projects are given below: These are only guidelines, teacher may take any project related to Mechanical and allied area depending upon the availability of projects. Preference should be given to practical oriented projects.
1) Industrial Visit Students are required to undergo an industrial visit for period of at least 3(Three) working days, either in V/VI semester. After completion of their visit the reports should be prepared. Each Student should write the report independently in view of his own observation in industry. All days for the visit should be accounted for clearly giving attendance particulars. The concern accompanying staff is to check student presence and access progress periodically
1.1 Industrial report Students are required to submit a comprehensive report on factory visit with details of the organization where the training was undergone. The comprehensive report should focus on study of plant/ product /process/ along with intensive in-depth study on anyone of the topics such as processes, methods, tooling, plant layout and equipment, highlighting aspects of quality, productivity of the system. Any data, drawings etc should be incorporated with the consent of the Organization. The comprehensive report should be submitted for the end exam for evaluation.
2) Project work Project work can be carried out on any subject related to Leather Technology. The Project Report should consist of following items. 1. Introduction 2. Review of Literature 3. Study Area 4. Methodology/Design/fabrication/Tests 5. Result and Discussion 6. Conclusion and scope for future study 7. References. ______GUIDELINES FOR THE PREPARATION OF PROJECT REPORTS
1. Project reports should be typed neatly in Times New Roman letters with font size 14 for titles and 12 for text on both sides of the paper with 1.5 line spacing on a A4 size paper (210 x 297 mm). The margins should be: Left - 1.5", Right - 1", Top and Bottom - 0.75". 2. The total number of reports (Soft bound) to be prepared are One copy to the department /library One copy to the concerned guide(s) One copy to the candidate. 3. Before taking the final printout, the approval of the concerned guide(s) is mandatory and suggested corrections, if any, must be incorporated.
4. Every copy of the report must contain Inner title page (White) Outer title page with a plastic cover Candidate declaration and Certificate in the format enclosed both from the institution and the organization where the project is carried out. An abstract (synopsis) not exceeding 100 words, indicating salient features of the work. 5. The organization of the report should be as follows 1. Inner title page 2. Abstract or Synopsis Usually numbered in 3. Acknowledgments roman 4. Table of Contents 5. List of table & figures (optional) Chapters (to be numbered in Arabic) containing Introduction-, which usually specifies the scope of work and its importance and relation to previous work and the present developments, Main body of the report divided appropriately into chapters, sections and subsections. The chapters, sections and subsections may be numbered in the decimal form for e.g. Chapter 2, sections as 2.1, 2.2 etc., and subsections as 2.2.3, 2.5.1 etc. The chapter must be left or right justified (font size 16). Followed by the title of chapter centered (font size 18), section/subsection numbers along with their headings must be left justified with section number and its heading in font size 16 and subsection and its heading in font size 14. The body or the text of the report should have font size 12. The figures and tables must be numbered chapter wise The last chapter should contain the summary of the work carried, contributions if any, their utility along with the scope for further work. Reference or Bibliography: The references should be numbered serially in the order of their occurrence in the text and their numbers should be indicated within square brackets for e.g. [3]. The section on references should list them in serial order in the following format. 1. For textbooks – Dr.Paramar S, Welding process and technology, Khanna publishers, New Delhi, 2 Edition, 2003. 2. For papers – Y.Javadi and I.sattari, Welding distortion in pipes, Journal of pressure vessels and piping, Vol 85, Aug 2008, pp 337-343 Only SI units are to be used in the report. Important equations must be numbered in decimal form for e.g. . V = IZ ...... (3.2) All equation numbers should be right justified. Separator sheets, used if any, between chapters, should be of thin paper PROJECT EVALUATION: (At the end of 6th semester) 1. Relevance of the subject in the present context 10 mark 2. Literature Review 10 mark 3. Fabrication of the model/Data collection/repair and Overhauling work 40 mark 4. Results & Discussion 10 mark 5. Industrial visit report 10 mark 6. Presentation 20 mark TOTAL 100 mark SESIONAL MARKS EVALUATION: 1. First review (During the end of V th semester) 25 mark 2. Second review (During the end of VI th semester) 25 mark TOTAL:50 mark I A Marks:
Scheme of Evaluation
1 Log record 05 2 Synopsis 10 3 Presentation 10 Total 25
NOTE: 1.Sesional marks to be awarded at the end of EACH SEMESTER ONLY 2.The candidate declaration and certificate sample copy are enclosed here for incorporation in final project report ------
CANDIDATE’S DECLARATION
I, ------a student of Diploma in ------Department bearing Reg No------of ------hereby declare that I own full responsibility for the information, results and conclusions provided in this project work titled “------“submitted to State Board of Technical Examinations, Government of Karnataka for the award of Diploma in ------. To the best of my knowledge, this project work has not been submitted in part or full elsewhere in any other institution/organization for the award of any certificate/diploma/degree. I have completely taken care in acknowledging the contribution of others in this academic work. I further declare that in case of any violation of intellectual property rights and particulars declared, found at any stage, I, as the candidate will be solely responsible for the same.
Date:
Place: Signature of candidate Name: ------Reg No------
DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION NAME OF THE INSTITUTION Address with pin code Department of ……………………………………………………..
CERTIFICATE
Certified that this project report entitled ------
------”which is being submitted by Mr./Ms. ………………………….……………….., Reg. No…..……………, a bonafide student of …………………………………….in partial fulfillment for the award of Diploma in ------Engineering during the year ……………………... is record of students own work carried out under my/our guidance. It is certified that all corrections/suggestions indicated for internal Assessment have been incorporated in the Report and one copy of it being deposited in the polytechnic library.
The project report has been approved as it satisfies the academic requirements in respect of Project work prescribed for the said diploma.
It is further understood that by this certificate the undersigned do not endorse or approve any statement made, opinion expressed or conclusion drawn there in but approve the project only for the purpose for which it is submitted.
Guide(s) Name and signature
Examiners 1 2 Head of Department Dept. of ------
ROADMAP FOR PROJECT GUIDES
1. The project work is proposed to be carried out during the V and VI semesters so that learners prepare during the V semester, do some field work based on the preparation during the mid semester vacation and report the analysis and inferences during the VI semester. 2. The learners would reach a level of maturity by the time they reach V semester and so a meaningful project lasting for a year can be executed by them. 3. To execute the project with involvement needs constant guidance and monitoring of the progress of the learners by the guide. 4. This does not mean teacher has to advice learners. 5. Be confident about the ability of the learner and “intellectually provoke” them with challenging questions. These questions should prompt the learners to search information and update themselves (to be carried out during the first two weeks). 6. Do not feed information to learners. Instead crate a ‘cognitive dissonance’ (a challenging question or situation that the learner is not able to find an immediate answer but feels the need to search for information to find a solution). 7. Defer judgement on learners and give them identified sources if required like a journal article, book or a web site. 8. Even if the learners report their inability to solve do NOT give or prescribe a solution. 9. Be patient and give time for the learner to construct his knowledge. 10. Give corrective feedback to the learner by challenging his solutions so that his logic is questioned and it develops further. 11. This leads to the first activity viz., literature survey and conceiving a project. 12. During this phase meet the project team in a group and create a healthy competition among the learners to search different sources and synthesise their findings in the group. 13. Aim for bringing out a workable innovative project conceived within the first eight weeks as given in the schedule attached. 14. During these two phases and the third phase the teacher should assess the strengths and weakness of the members of the group and allocate differential work to team members on the remaining tasks to be carried out during the next thirty weeks. 15. This is to ensure active participation of all the members of the team. 16. By the end of the twelfth week finalise the project and a schedule of further activities for each member indicating the time frame in which his activities are to be executed may be made ready. A soft copy of this schedule may be collected from each learner by the guide to follow up. 17. This schedule prepared by each learner need to be documented for checking further progress of the project. 18. The next few phases of the project may require active guidance of the guide especially regarding the sources of collecting data, if a sample data is to be collected the number of units has to be decided, collating the data/fabricating, tryout/analysis and finally coming out with meaningful conclusions or models or application. 19. Data like models, designs, technical specifications, source code, protocols and original records need be collected from one authentic source as there will not be any variation. The teacher may guide the learners to authentic source. 20. Data having limited variability like product/service quality, processes and standards, procedures need to be collected from a sample as there is a variation. The number of units from whom (source) the data is to be collected is called sample. The sample needs to be representative of the expected variation. The decision on the size of the sample and the number of units need guidance from the teacher. For example, data regarding the quality of a product/service need be collected from 3 to 5 personnel at different levels of a service provider or dealers of a product. The numbers given are suggestive but a guide based on his experience has to make valid suggestions. 21. Data having a wide range of variation like customer satisfaction where the customers are members of the public need a larger number of units to accommodate the diversity. A tool like questionnaire with predetermined questions need to be prepared, tried out on a small sample and finalise the questions. Data may be collected from at least 30 units. This number is suggested to apply statistical analysis for meaningful conclusions. Guides may decide on the sample size depending on the accessibility of data. 22. The intention of the above three points viz., 19, 20 and 21 is to ensure objectivity in data collection i.e., to reduce the subjectivity of the human mind. 23. All the above activities need to be completed before three to four weeks before the end of V semester (refer the spread sheet related to scheduling). 24. The learners may be instructed to collect data objectively with identified sample during the next 4 to six weeks which includes the mid semester holidays. This would enable the learners to visit the field and collect data without the constraint of reporting to institution and attending classes on a regular basis. 25. The collected data need to be organised and entered to spread sheets or similar formats for analysis. Qualitative data may be converted to quantitative using a rating scale or similar data organisation procedures. 26. The result of most analysis on spreadsheet could be obtained in tables or graphs as per the requirement. 27. Activities mentioned in points 24, 25 and 26 may be carried out by learners during 4 to 8 weeks after commencement of VI semester. 28. Interpretation of the analysed tables and graphs to arrive at meaningful inference. The guide at this stage may defer his ideas on interpretation allowing the learners to do this. In case the learners err in the process they may be given corrective feedback. 29. A report of the whole process of doing the project may be written, word processed and submitted in triplicate. 30. Guides may contact industries and try to solve their problems so that the learners get a field experience and they get ready for the industry. 31. Innovations and innovative practices may be encouraged among the learners to be pursued as a project. Developing prototypes, (in simulation or real) trying out feasibility of new ideas, changing existing systems by adding modules, combining, assembling new modules and developing new systems may be given higher priority over routine bookish projects. 32. The schedule of events proposed is for an investigative project as a model. Guides may alter the prescribed schedule to suit the kind of innovative projects sited in point No.31 above. 33. Industry personnel may be involved in conceiving, executing and evaluating projects. This gives credibility to the institute and acceptance of learners for absorption into the company.
GUIDELINES TO LEARNERS TO CARRY OUT A TWO SEMESTER PROJECT
1. Carry out the project work through the V and VI semesters. Preparation must be done during the V semester and based on this, field work should be done during the mid semester vacation and reporting of analysis and inferences should be done in the VI semester. 2. You have the ability and the level of maturity needed to conceive an innovative and meaningful project accomplishing which gives you recognition by the industry and empowers you with the power of knowledge. 3. Understand your strength and weakness and make an effort to find the strength and weakness of other peers in the team. 4. Complement each other’s strength rather than compete with peers within the team. This will enable you to complete a comprehensive and innovative project relevant to the industrial needs rather than doing a routine copy of what others have done. 5. Seek guidance from the teacher and update him/her about the progress. 6. Be confident about your ability and that of other members of your group. Take extra efforts to collect information, share with your peers and synthesise your knowledge. 7. Question everything including the ideas of your teacher. Accept the ideas and instructions which are internally consistent (logical). 8. Involve actively in group activities and contribute towards the tasks. 9. Do not depend too much on the teacher as a source of information, search on your own and build your knowledge structure. Search for authentic sources like journal articles, books and authentic sites rather than blogs and tweets. 10. Though brief, record your thoughts and activities including searches immediately. 11. Prepare a schedule for your work on a spread sheet and encourage your peers to do the same. 12. Show your schedule and that of others to the teacher and get his feedback. 13. Keep reviewing the schedule every fortnight and take corrective steps if needed. For doing this keep the general guideline schedule given in the curriculum as a backdrop. 14. Tools used for data collection like instruments, testing machines, questions to be asked and software may be tried out and standardised by the twelfth week of the project. Seek the teacher’s help who is experienced in doing this. 15. Collect data dispassionately or objectively (without applying your personal prejudice). Complete this task before the VI semester begins. 16. While entering data into the spread sheet ask your peer member to verify. This will ensure accuracy of data entry. 17. Use appropriate mathematics/statistics for calculations. Seek help from external sources (other than your teacher) if required. 18. The results of your analysis need to be graphically represented and documented. You may also add photographs and video clips to increase the validity. 19. This task needs to be completed within 8 weeks after commencement of VI semester. 20. Interpret the data (after analysis) and arrive at meaningful inferences on your own in discussion with your peers. Get it ratified by your teacher. Suggestions from the teacher may be discussed among your peers and incorporated if they are internally consistent. 21. The project report may be word processed (videos, photographs attached in soft copy) and submitted in triplicate two weeks before the end of VI semester. 22. Involve passionately in the team work, make constructive contributions and come out with an industry friendly project which will equip you in your professional development.
GOVT. OF KARNATAKA DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION Subject Title : Basic Management Skills & Indian constitution Q P Code : Hours Per Week : 04 Hours Per Semester : 64
BASIC MANAGEMENT SKILLS & INDIAN CONSTITUTION TOPIC ANALYSIS Hours Weightage of SL.No Major Topics Allotted Marks SECTION-I 1 Management Skills 09 15 2 Operations Management 12 35 SECTION-II 3 Total Preventive Maintenance 04 10 4 Total Quality Management 06 20 5 Safety and Environmental issues 06 20 SECTTION-III 6 Indian Constitution 08 20 7 Parliamentary System and procedures 05 10 8 Empowerment of Women 08 15 9 Environmental Awareness and Industry 03 - Innovations Tests 03 - Total 64 145
CONTENTS
1. MANAGEMENT SKILLS
1.1 INTERPERSONAL SKILLS. 1.11 Know Thyself/ self –Discovery. 1.12 Know others and understand the perspective of others. 1.13 Intergroup communications. 1.14 Art Of Communications
1.2 TEAM BUILDING and TEAMWORK SKILLS.
1.21 Aspects of team building. 1.22 Team v/s Group. 1.23 Inter group collaboration.
2. OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 2.1 Production & Productivity 2.1.1 Stages involved in Product Design 2.1.2 Factors considered while designing a Product 2.1.3 Types of Production 2.1.4 Factors to improve Productivity 2.2 Production, Planning & Control 2.3 Make or Buy Decision 2.3.1 Criteria considered for make or buy decision 2.3.2 Analysis for make or buy decision 2.4 Purchasing 2.4.1 Methods of Purchasing Material or Component 2.4.2 Steps involved in purchasing of material or component 2.5 Stores Management 2.5.1 Methods of Storing 2.5.2 Tools required for Stores Management 2.5.3 Codification System 2.6 Logistics Management 2.6.1 Different means of Transportation 2.6.2 Routing & Delays, Tracing, Packaging & Material Handling, Damage Claims, Demurrage Charges and Insurance Buying 2.7 Inventory & Inventory Control 2.7.1 Functions of Inventory Control 2.7.2 Inventory Control Techniques 2.7.3 Inventory Management Software 2.8 Introduction to MRP and ERP
3.TOTAL PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
3.1 Maintenance and concept of TPM 3.2 Economics involved in preventive maintenance 3.3 Techniques of TPM 3.4 Benefits of TPM 3.5 Planned Maintenance and Predictive Maintenance
4. TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT 4.1 Quality and Inspection 4.1.1 Factors affecting Quality 4.1.2 Relation between Quality & Cost 4.1.3 Quality Control 4.2 Concept of TQM 4.2.1 Tools and Techniques of TQM 4.3 Quality Management System 4.3.1 I.S.O 9000:2000 Quality Standards 4.3.2 Procedures and Documentation of ISO 9000 certification
5. SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES 5.1 Accident and Safety 5.2 Accident Prevention, Accident Reporting and Crisis Management 5.3 Safety provisions under Indian Factories Act 5.4 Safety Management System-OSHAS 18001 5.5 Environmental issues addressed by organization
6. INDIAN CONSTITUTION
6.1 Indian Constitution-Formation of Constituent Assembly-Framing of the Constitution-Drafting committee 6.2 Preamble-objectives-Directive principles 6.3 Features of Constitution 6.4 Fundamental Rights 6.5 Fundamental duties 6.6 Amendments for Indian Constitution 6.7 Human Rights
7. PARLIAMENTARY SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES.
7.1 Government-Meaning-organs-functions. 7.2 Parliament-meaning-Two houses-Lok Sabha-Composition-election-Presiding officer-term-RajyaSabha- Composition-election-Presiding officer-term 7.3 Powers of parliament 7.4 Executive Role - President-Vice President-Prime Minister-Council of Ministers 7.5 Indian Judiciary system-Supreme Court-High Court-subordinate courts 7.6 Constitutional bodies-Election Commission-Public Service Commission-Finance Commission 7.7 Structure of State government- State Legislature-Governor-Chief Minister-Council of Ministers 7.8 Local self government-meaning-Three tier system-Village panchayath-taluk panchayath-Zilla panchayath 7.9 Local bodies-Municipalities and Corporations
8.0 EMPOWERMENT OF WOMEN.
8.1 Concept, Definition and need for Women's Empowerment 8.2 Strategies, approaches, process, levels, principles and indicators for women’s empowerment. 8.3 Gender statistics in India – Glaring inequalities 8.4 Women and Development: 8.4.1 Goals and Objectives of National Policy for Women's Empowerment 8.4.2 Advancement of Women through Five-Year Plans 8.4.3 Special Programs for Women's Development. 8.5 Constitutional Provisions towards Women's Rights and Special Legislations for Women. 8.6 Case Studies.
SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES 1. MANAGEMENT SKILLS 1.1 INTERPERSONAL SKILLS. 1.11.1 Importance of knowing yourself-Process of knowing yourself. 1.11.2 SWOT analysis-Benefits of SWOT analysis 1.11.3 SWOT analysis grid and questions to complete the grid. 1.12.1 Importance of knowing others-Process of knowing others. 1.13.1 Resolving Win/Lose Situations into win/win through inter group communications. 1.14.1 Defining communication- Special features of communication. 1.14.2 Communication process- Channels of communication. 1.14.3 Formal and informal communication network. 1.14.4 Barriers to communication- Tips of effective communication. 1.14.5 Tips of powerful presentation- Art of public speaking- Importance of public speaking- Benefits of public speaking- Public speaking tips.
1.2 TEAM WORK AND TEAMWORK
1.21.1 Meaning and aspects of team building- Skills needed for teamwork- A model of team building. 1.22.1 Team v/s Group- Characteristics of a effective team- Role of a team leader- Role of a team members- A successful team of nine persons. 1.23.1 Inter group collaboration- Advantages of inter group collaboration. 1.23.2 Difficulties faced in inter-group collaboration. 1.23.3 Factors shaping inter group collaboration.
2. OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 2.1 Define Production & Productivity 2.1.1 Explain various stages involved in product design 2.1.2 List factors considered while designing a product 2.1.3 Explain Job, Batch & Mass production with their advantages and disadvantages 2.1.4 List factors to improve/increase productivity 2.2 State the functions of PPC- planning, routing, scheduling, dispatching and inspection 2.3 State the importance of make or buy decision 2.3.1 List the criteria considered for make or buy decision 2.3.2 Briefly explain methods of analysis for make or buy decision-Simple cost analysis, Break even analysis & Economic analysis 2.4 Define purchasing 2.4.1 Explain briefly different methods of purchasing the material or component. 2.4.2 Explain the steps involved in purchasing of Material or Component 2.5 Explain Stores Management 2.5.1 Explain different methods of storing 2.5.2 Explain briefly Bin Card, Material Issue Requisition, Material Returned Note and Store Ledger 2.5.3 Explain advantages and systems of Codification 2.6 Explain Logistics Management 2.6.1 Explain different means of transportation 2.6.2 Explain Routing & Delays, Tracing, Packaging & Material Handling, Damage Claims, Demurrage Charges and Insurance Buying 2.7 Define Inventory and Inventory Control 2.7.1 List important functions of Inventory Control 2.7.2 Explain briefly Inventory Control Techniques – ABC, VED, SDE, MNG Analysis 2.7.3 List few Inventory Management Softwares 2.8 Describe about MRP & ERP. List the software’s used
3. TOTAL PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 3.1 Explain Maintenance and explain the concept of TPM 3.2 Explain the economics involved in preventive maintenance 3.3 Describe the techniques of TPM 3.4 List the benefits of TPM 3.5 Explain planned maintenance and predictive maintenance
4. TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT 4.1 Define Quality, Inspection & explain its importance 4.1.1 List factors affecting quality 4.1.2 Explain the relation between cost & quality 4.1.3 Define and Explain quality control 4.2 Explain concept of TQM 4.2.1 Explain briefly tools & techniques of TQM – Flow charts, Control charts, Histograms, Pareto charts, Check sheets, Scatter diagram, Cause and effect diagram, 5-S, Poka-yoke, Kaizen, Re-engineering and Six-sigma 4.3 Define QMS 4.3.1 Explain briefly I.S.O 9000:2000 Quality Standards – ISO 9000, ISO 9001 & ISO 9004 4.3.2 Explain procedures and documentation involved in ISO 9000 series certification
5. SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES 5.1 Define accident and safety 5.2 Explain accident prevention, accident reporting and crisis management 5.3 List the safety provisions under Indian Factories Act 5.4 Explain Safety Management System-OSHAS 18001 5.5 Give a brief summary of ISO 14000 series and IS16949 & IS16959 certifications
6. INDIAN COSTITUTION
6.1 Introduction to Indian Constitution 6.2 Discuss the Formation of Constituent Assembly 6.3 Discuss the Contribution of Drafting committee in framing the constitution 6.4 Discuss Preamble and its main objectives 6.5 State the Directive principles 6.6 Discuss the Features of Constitution 6.7 Mention the number of parts, articles, schedules and discuss the article -1 6.8 Discuss Fundamental Rights 6.9 Discuss Fundamental duties 6.10 Explain the Amendment and its procedure 6.11 Discuss Human Rights and its significance
7. PARLIAMENTARY SYSTEM
7.1 Discuss the Parliamentary system of Government. 7.2 Discuss the about: 7.2.1 Loka Sabha: Composition, election, Presiding officer and term 7.2.2 RajyaSabha: Composition, election, Presiding officer and term 7.3 Powers of parliament 7.3.1How law is made, three readings 7.3.2Diffrence between Bill and act 7.3.3Administrative control- Explain importance of questioning- concept of Question hour- concept of zero hour 7.3.4 Briefly explain about Confidence motion and Censure motion 7.4 Explain the meaning of the budget 7.5 President-Vice President-Prime Minister-Council of Ministers their appointments and functions 7.6 Discuss the formation and functions of supreme court-High court-Subordinate court. 7.7 Discuss the importance of Constitutional bodies-Election Commission-Public Service Commission-Finance Commission 7.8 Discuss the about state legislature: 7.8.1 Legislative assembly: Composition, election, Presiding officer and term 7.8.2 Legislative council: Composition, election, Presiding officer and term 7.9 Governor-Chief Minister-Council of Ministers their appointments and functions 7.10 Local self government-meaning-Three tier system 7.11 Discuss the formation and functions of Village panchayath-taluk panchayath-Zilla panchayath and urban local bodies such as Municipalities and Corporations
8. Empowerment of Women
8.1 Explain the Concept and Definition of Women's Empowerment. 8.2 Discuss the different strategies, approaches, process, levels, principles and indicators for women's empowerment. 8.3 Discuss the Gender statistics in India – Glaring inequalities. 8.4 Explain Women and Development 8.4.1 List the Goals and Objectives of National Policy-2001 for Women's Empowerment. 8.4.2 Discuss the emphasis given on the Advancement of Women through Five-Year Plans. 8.4.3 List the Various Special Programs for Women's Development from government. 8.5 State Constitutional Provisions towards Women's Rights -Fundamental Rights Article 14, 15, 15(3), 16-Directive of State Policy Article 39,42-Fundamental Duties 51(A)(e) and Reservation of seats Article 243(D)(3), Article 243(T)(3) - explain the following Special Legislation for Women-Dowry Prohibition Act 1961, Domestic Violence Act 2005,Sexual Harassment at Workplace Bill 2006, Equal Remuneration Act 1976,Hindu succession Act,1956, Prenatal diagnostic techniques (regulation and prevention of misuse) act,1994. 8.6 Case Studies.
Reference Books: 1. Soft Skills- by Dr. K. Alex, S Chand & Company Ltd. 1 Total Quality Management- Prof. Dr. H D Ramachandra 2 Industrial Organization and Engineering Economics- T.R.Banga & S C Sharma 2 Total Quality Management- S Raja Ram, M Shivashankar. 3 Industrial management and organizational behavior- K.K.Ahuja 4 Industrial management and engineering economics- O.P.khanna 5 Production and operations management-Dr .K.Aswathappa and Dr.Sreedhar Bhatt- Himalaya publishers 6 Introduction to the Constitution of India- Dr. Durga Das Basu 7 The constitution of India - P.M.Bhakshi- Universal law publishers 8 Our constitution-National Book Trust of India 9 Our Parliament-National Book Trust of India 10 Our Judiciary-National Book Trust of India 11 Empowerment of rural women in India-Hemalatha H.M and Rameshwari Varma,Hema Prakashana. 12 The right to development-centre for development and human rights-Sage Publications. 13 Industrial Engg. &Mgmt Science By- T R Banga & SC Sharma.
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
FIFTH SEMESTER
BASIC MANAGEMENT SKILLS & INDIAN CONSTITUTION Time: 3Hrs Max marks: 100 Part-I is compulsory and Answer any two full questions from Part-II, Part-III, and Part-IV
PART- I 1. A) Fill in the blanks with appropriate words:- 5X1=5 I) The Constitution of India came into effect on ______. ii) The term of the chairperson of Rajyasabha is______years iii) ______is an unforeseen event iv) The ISO ______is related with Environmental management systems v) Increased ______leads to the benefits for both employer and employee B) State the qualities of a good leader 5
PART-II 2 a) Explain SWOT analysis-Mention benefits of SWOT analysis 5 b) Explain special features of communication. 5 c) Explain Formal and informal communication network. 5 3 a) Explain the motivating factors 5 b) State the qualities of a good leader 5 c) Explain the process of team building 5 4 a) State the characteristics of entrepreneur 5 b) Lists the steps involved for setting up small scale/Medium scale industries c) Define outsourcing and mention its features 5 PART-III 5 a) State the functions of Production planning and Production control 5 b) Define inventory and inventory control 5
c) State the importance of material management 5
6 a) Explain the total productive maintenance . 5
b) List the various types of preventive measures to avoid an accident 5
c) List the factors affecting quality 5 7 a) Explain the concept of Total quality management 5 b) List the various types SQC tools 5
c) State the importance of material management 5 PART-IV 8 a) What is a constitution? 5 b) To draft a constitution to India was the most challenging task. Why? 5 c) What is sovereignty? 5 9 a) Why is there a need to Economic, social and political justice in India? 5 b) Explain three tier panchayath system 5 c) Mention the salient features of Indian constitution. 5 10 a) what are the approaches to empowerment of women? 5 b) List the goals and objectives of national policy for women's empowerment.5 c) Write a note on dowry prohibition act. 5
Question Bank on Indian Constitution
1. What is a government? 2. What is a constitution? 3. Why constitution is called the rule of the State? 4. Write the importance of the constitution. 5. To draft a constitution to India was the most challenging task. Why? 6. What is the importance of the historic objectives resolutions moved by Nehru? 7. What is the importance of republic day?
8. What is the importance of preamble? 9. Why is preamble said to be the soul of the constitution? 10. What is sovereignty? 11. What is the objective of Socialism? 12. The principle of Secularism is suitable to India. How? 13. Why is India called republic? 14. Why is there a need to Economic, social and political justice in India? 15. Mention the aspects which strengthen the bond of fraternity in India? 16. In the present context unity and integrity are most essential in India. Why? 17. Though Directive principles are not enforceable by law they are important in the constitution. How?
18. Mention the salient features of Indian constitution. 19. How is written constitution, advantageous than unwritten constitution? 20. Indian constitution is one of the lengthiest constitution. Mention the factors to substantiate the statement. 21. State the notable features borrowed from the following constitutions: a) U. S. A. b) England c) Ireland d) Canada. 22. Why is Indian constitution termed as flexible constitution? 23. What is universal Adult Franchise? 24. Write the advantages of single citizenship. 25. Why is Indian judiciary said to be an independent judiciary?
25. What is the importance of Fundamental rights? 27. How can it be said that Fundamental rights are not absolute? 28. Mention the Fundamental rights. 29. Give reasons as to why certain sections of the society are provided concessions and privileges in spite of right to equality. 30. How does cultural and educational right protect the interests of the minorities? 31. Mention the right introduced in 2010 under right to equality what is the importance of it? 32. Name the right that bans child labour and provides protection to women against exploitation. 33. The right to Constitutional remedies is said to be the heart and soul of our constitution. Why is it said so?
34. Rights and Duties are like the two sides of the same coin - Substantiate the statement. 35. Mention a few fundamental duties that you have to follow as a citizen of this country. 36. When and in which the fundamental duties part of the constitution was incorporated?
37. Name the body that has powers to amend the provisions of the constitution in India. 38. What is the procedure followed in parliament to amend the provisions of Fundamental rights and Directive principles?
39. Write the procedures to be followed to amend the constitutional provisions.
GOVT. OF KARNATAKA DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION Subject Title : Basic Management Skills & Indian constitution
Q P Code : Hours Per Week : 04 Hours Per Semester : 64
BASIC MANAGEMENT SKILLS & INDIAN CONSTITUTION TOPIC ANALYSIS Hours Weightage of SL.No Major Topics Allotted Marks SECTION-I 1 Management Skills 09 15 2 Operations Management 12 35 SECTION-II 3 Total Preventive Maintenance 04 10 4 Total Quality Management 06 20 5 Safety and Environmental issues 06 20 SECTTION-III 6 Indian Constitution 08 20 7 Parliamentary System and procedures 05 10 8 Empowerment of Women 08 15 9 Environmental Awareness and Industry 03 - Innovations Tests 03 - Total 64 145
CONTENTS
1. MANAGEMENT SKILLS
1.1 INTERPERSONAL SKILLS. 1.11 Know Thyself/ self –Discovery. 1.12 Know others and understand the perspective of others. 1.13 Intergroup communications. 1.14 Art Of Communications
1.2 TEAM BUILDING and TEAMWORK SKILLS.
1.21 Aspects of team building. 1.22 Team v/s Group. 1.23 Inter group collaboration.
2. OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 2.1 Production & Productivity 2.1.1 Stages involved in Product Design 2.1.2 Factors considered while designing a Product 2.1.3 Types of Production 2.1.4 Factors to improve Productivity 2.2 Production, Planning & Control 2.3 Make or Buy Decision 2.3.1 Criteria considered for make or buy decision 2.3.2 Analysis for make or buy decision 2.4 Purchasing 2.4.1 Methods of Purchasing Material or Component 2.4.2 Steps involved in purchasing of material or component 2.5 Stores Management 2.5.1 Methods of Storing 2.5.2 Tools required for Stores Management 2.5.3 Codification System 2.6 Logistics Management 2.6.1 Different means of Transportation 2.6.2 Routing & Delays, Tracing, Packaging & Material Handling, Damage Claims, Demurrage Charges and Insurance Buying 2.7 Inventory & Inventory Control 2.7.1 Functions of Inventory Control 2.7.2 Inventory Control Techniques 2.7.3 Inventory Management Software 2.8 Introduction to MRP and ERP
3.TOTAL PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
3.1 Maintenance and concept of TPM 3.2 Economics involved in preventive maintenance 3.3 Techniques of TPM 3.4 Benefits of TPM 3.5 Planned Maintenance and Predictive Maintenance
4. TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT 4.1 Quality and Inspection 4.1.1 Factors affecting Quality 4.1.2 Relation between Quality & Cost 4.1.3 Quality Control 4.2 Concept of TQM 4.2.1 Tools and Techniques of TQM 4.3 Quality Management System 4.3.1 I.S.O 9000:2000 Quality Standards 4.3.2 Procedures and Documentation of ISO 9000 certification
5. SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES 5.1 Accident and Safety 5.2 Accident Prevention, Accident Reporting and Crisis Management 5.3 Safety provisions under Indian Factories Act 5.4 Safety Management System-OSHAS 18001 5.5 Environmental issues addressed by organization
6. INDIAN CONSTITUTION
6.1 Indian Constitution-Formation of Constituent Assembly-Framing of the Constitution-Drafting Committee-Contributions of Dr. B R Ambedkar, Chairman of Drafting Committee and the members in drafting a constitution for India. 6.2 Preamble-objectives-Directive principles 6.3 Features of Constitution 6.4 Fundamental Rights 6.5 Fundamental duties 6.6 Amendments for Indian Constitution 6.7 Human Rights
7. PARLIAMENTARY SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES.
7.1 Government-Meaning-organs-functions. 7.2 Parliament-meaning-Two houses-Lok Sabha-Composition-election- Presiding officer-term-RajyaSabha- Composition-election-Presiding officer-term 7.3 Powers of parliament 7.4 Executive Role - President-Vice President-Prime Minister-Council of Ministers 7.5 Indian Judiciary system-Supreme Court-High Court-subordinate courts 7.6 Constitutional bodies-Election Commission-Public Service Commission- Finance Commission 7.7 Structure of State government- State Legislature-Governor-Chief Minister-Council of Ministers 7.8 Local self government-meaning-Three tier system-Village panchayath- taluk panchayath-Zilla panchayath 7.9 Local bodies-Municipalities and Corporations
8.0 EMPOWERMENT OF WOMEN.
8.1 Concept, Definition and need for Women's Empowerment 8.2 Strategies, approaches, process, levels, principles and indicators for women’s empowerment. 8.3 Gender statistics in India – Glaring inequalities 8.4 Women and Development: 8.4.1 Goals and Objectives of National Policy for Women's Empowerment 8.4.2 Advancement of Women through Five-Year Plans 8.4.3 Special Programs for Women's Development. 8.5 Constitutional Provisions towards Women's Rights and Special Legislations for Women. 8.6 Case Studies.
SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES 1. MANAGEMENT SKILLS 1.1 INTERPERSONAL SKILLS. 1.11.1 Importance of knowing yourself-Process of knowing yourself. 1.11.2 SWOT analysis-Benefits of SWOT analysis 1.11.3 SWOT analysis grid and questions to complete the grid. 1.12.1 Importance of knowing others-Process of knowing others. 1.13.1 Resolving Win/Lose Situations into win/win through inter group communications. 1.14.1 Defining communication- Special features of communication. 1.14.2 Communication process- Channels of communication. 1.14.3 Formal and informal communication network. 1.14.4 Barriers to communication- Tips of effective communication. 1.14.5 Tips of powerful presentation- Art of public speaking- Importance of public speaking- Benefits of public speaking- Public speaking tips.
1.2 TEAM WORK AND TEAMWORK
1.21.1 Meaning and aspects of team building- Skills needed for teamwork- A model of team building. 1.22.1 Team v/s Group- Characteristics of a effective team- Role of a team leader- Role of a team members- A successful team of nine persons. 1.23.1 Inter group collaboration- Advantages of inter group collaboration. 1.23.2 Difficulties faced in inter-group collaboration. 1.23.3 Factors shaping inter group collaboration.
2. OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 2.1 Define Production & Productivity 2.1.1 Explain various stages involved in product design 2.1.2 List factors considered while designing a product 2.1.3 Explain Job, Batch & Mass production with their advantages and disadvantages 2.1.4 List factors to improve/increase productivity 2.2 State the functions of PPC- planning, routing, scheduling, dispatching and inspection 2.3 State the importance of make or buy decision 2.3.1 List the criteria considered for make or buy decision 2.3.2 Briefly explain methods of analysis for make or buy decision- Simple cost analysis, Break even analysis & Economic analysis 2.4 Define purchasing 2.4.1 Explain briefly different methods of purchasing the material or component. 2.4.2 Explain the steps involved in purchasing of Material or Component 2.5 Explain Stores Management 2.5.1 Explain different methods of storing 2.5.2 Explain briefly Bin Card, Material Issue Requisition, Material Returned Note and Store Ledger 2.5.3 Explain advantages and systems of Codification 2.6 Explain Logistics Management 2.6.1 Explain different means of transportation 2.6.2 Explain Routing & Delays, Tracing, Packaging & Material Handling, Damage Claims, Demurrage Charges and Insurance Buying 2.7 Define Inventory and Inventory Control 2.7.1 List important functions of Inventory Control 2.7.2 Explain briefly Inventory Control Techniques – ABC, VED, SDE, MNG Analysis 2.7.3 List few Inventory Management Softwares 2.8 Describe about MRP & ERP. List the software’s used
3. TOTAL PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 3.1 Explain Maintenance and explain the concept of TPM 3.2 Explain the economics involved in preventive maintenance 3.3 Describe the techniques of TPM 3.4 List the benefits of TPM 3.5 Explain planned maintenance and predictive maintenance
4. TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT 4.1 Define Quality, Inspection & explain its importance 4.1.1 List factors affecting quality 4.1.2 Explain the relation between cost & quality 4.1.3 Define and Explain quality control 4.2 Explain concept of TQM 4.2.1 Explain briefly tools & techniques of TQM – Flow charts, Control charts, Histograms, Pareto charts, Check sheets, Scatter diagram, Cause and effect diagram, 5-S, Poka-yoke, Kaizen, Re-engineering and Six-sigma 4.3 Define QMS 4.3.1 Explain briefly I.S.O 9000:2000 Quality Standards – ISO 9000, ISO 9001 & ISO 9004 4.3.2 Explain procedures and documentation involved in ISO 9000 series certification
5. SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES 5.1 Define accident and safety 5.2 Explain accident prevention, accident reporting and crisis management 5.3 List the safety provisions under Indian Factories Act 5.4 Explain Safety Management System-OSHAS 18001 5.5 Give a brief summary of ISO 14000 series and IS16949 & IS16959 certifications
6. INDIAN COSTITUTION
6.1 Introduction to Indian Constitution 6.2 Discuss the Formation of Constituent Assembly 6.3 Discuss the Contributions of Dr. B R Ambedkar as a Chairman of Drafting Committee and the members in drafting a constitution for India. 6.4 Discuss Preamble and its main objectives 6.5 State the Directive principles 6.6 Discuss the Features of Constitution 6.7 Mention the number of parts, articles, schedules and discuss the article -1 6.8 Discuss Fundamental Rights 6.9 Discuss Fundamental duties 6.10 Explain the Amendment and its procedure 6.11 Discuss Human Rights and its significance
7. PARLIAMENTARY SYSTEM
7.1 Discuss the Parliamentary system of Government. 7.2 Discuss the about: 7.2.1 Loka Sabha: Composition, election, Presiding officer and term 7.2.2 RajyaSabha: Composition, election, Presiding officer and term 7.3 Powers of parliament 7.3.1How law is made, three readings 7.3.2Diffrence between Bill and act 7.3.3Administrative control- Explain importance of questioning- concept of Question hour- concept of zero hour 7.3.4 Briefly explain about Confidence motion and Censure motion 7.4 Explain the meaning of the budget 7.5 President-Vice President-Prime Minister-Council of Ministers their appointments and functions 7.6 Discuss the formation and functions of supreme court-High court- Subordinate court. 7.7 Discuss the importance of Constitutional bodies-Election Commission- Public Service Commission-Finance Commission 7.8 Discuss the about state legislature: 7.8.1 Legislative assembly: Composition, election, Presiding officer and term 7.8.2 Legislative council: Composition, election, Presiding officer and term 7.9 Governor-Chief Minister-Council of Ministers their appointments and functions 7.10 Local self government-meaning-Three tier system 7.11 Discuss the formation and functions of Village panchayath-taluk panchayath-Zilla panchayath and urban local bodies such as Municipalities and Corporations
8. Empowerment of Women
8.1 Explain the Concept and Definition of Women's Empowerment. 8.2 Discuss the different strategies, approaches, process, levels, principles and indicators for women's empowerment. 8.3 Discuss the Gender statistics in India – Glaring inequalities. 8.4 Explain Women and Development 8.4.1 List the Goals and Objectives of National Policy-2001 for Women's Empowerment. 8.4.2 Discuss the emphasis given on the Advancement of Women through Five-Year Plans. 8.4.3 List the Various Special Programs for Women's Development from government. 8.5 State Constitutional Provisions towards Women's Rights -Fundamental Rights Article 14, 15, 15(3), 16-Directive of State Policy Article 39,42- Fundamental Duties 51(A)(e) and Reservation of seats Article 243(D)(3), Article 243(T)(3) - explain the following Special Legislation for Women- Dowry Prohibition Act 1961, Domestic Violence Act 2005,Sexual Harassment at Workplace Bill 2006, Equal Remuneration Act 1976,Hindu succession Act,1956, Prenatal diagnostic techniques (regulation and prevention of misuse) act,1994. 8.6 Case Studies.
Reference Books: 1. Soft Skills- by Dr. K. Alex, S Chand & Company Ltd. 1 Total Quality Management- Prof. Dr. H D Ramachandra 2 Industrial Organization and Engineering Economics- T.R.Banga & S C Sharma 2 Total Quality Management- S Raja Ram, M Shivashankar. 3 Industrial management and organizational behavior- K.K.Ahuja 4 Industrial management and engineering economics- O.P.khanna 5 Production and operations management-Dr .K.Aswathappa and Dr.Sreedhar Bhatt- Himalaya publishers 6 Introduction to the Constitution of India- Dr. Durga Das Basu 7 The constitution of India - P.M.Bhakshi- Universal law publishers 8 Our constitution-National Book Trust of India 9 Our Parliament-National Book Trust of India 10 Our Judiciary-National Book Trust of India 11 Empowerment of rural women in India-Hemalatha H.M and Rameshwari Varma,Hema Prakashana. 12 The right to development-centre for development and human rights-Sage Publications. 13 Industrial Engg. &Mgmt Science By- T R Banga & SC Sharma.
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
FIFTH SEMESTER
BASIC MANAGEMENT SKILLS & INDIAN CONSTITUTION Time: 3Hrs Max marks: 100 Part-I is compulsory and Answer any two full questions from Part-II, Part-III, and Part-IV
PART- I 1. A) Fill in the blanks with appropriate words:- 5X1=5 I) The Constitution of India came into effect on ______. ii) The term of the chairperson of Rajyasabha is______years iii) ______is an unforeseen event iv) The ISO ______is related with Environmental management systems v) Increased ______leads to the benefits for both employer and employee B) State the qualities of a good leader 5
PART-II 2 a) Explain SWOT analysis-Mention benefits of SWOT analysis 5 b) Explain special features of communication. 5 c) Explain Formal and informal communication network. 5 3 a) Explain the motivating factors 5 b) State the qualities of a good leader 5 c) Explain the process of team building 5 4 a) State the characteristics of entrepreneur 5 b) Lists the steps involved for setting up small scale/Medium scale industries c) Define outsourcing and mention its features 5 PART-III 5 a) State the functions of Production planning and Production control 5 b) Define inventory and inventory control 5
c) State the importance of material management 5
6 a) Explain the total productive maintenance . 5
b) List the various types of preventive measures to avoid an accident 5
c) List the factors affecting quality 5 7 a) Explain the concept of Total quality management 5 b) List the various types SQC tools 5
c) State the importance of material management 5 PART-IV 8 a) What is a constitution? 5 b) Why Dr. B R Ambedkar is known as architect of Indian Constitution? 5 c) What is sovereignty? 5 9 a) Why is there a need to Economic, social and political justice in India? 5
b) Explain three tier panchayath system 5 c) Mention the salient features of Indian constitution. 5 10 a) what are the approaches to empowerment of women? 5 b) List the goals and objectives of national policy for women's empowerment.5 c) Write a note on dowry prohibition act. 5
Question Bank on Indian Constitution
1. What is a government? 2. What is a constitution? 3. Why constitution is called the rule of the State? 4. Write the importance of the constitution. 5. To draft a constitution to India was the most challenging task. Why? 6. What are the contributions of Dr. B R Ambedkar in drafting a constitution for India? 7. What is the importance of republic day? 8. What is the importance of preamble? 9. Why is preamble said to be the soul of the constitution? 10. What is sovereignty? 11. What is the objective of Socialism? 12. The principle of Secularism is suitable to India. How? 13. Why is India called republic? 14. Why is there a need to Economic, social and political justice in India? 15. Mention the aspects which strengthen the bond of fraternity in India? 16. In the present context unity and integrity are most essential in India. Why? 17. Though Directive principles are not enforceable by law they are important in the constitution. How?
18. Mention the salient features of Indian constitution. 19. How is written constitution, advantageous than unwritten constitution? 20. Indian constitution is one of the lengthiest constitution. Mention the factors to substantiate the statement. 21. State the notable features borrowed from the following constitutions: a) U. S. A. b) England c) Ireland d) Canada. 22. Why is Indian constitution termed as flexible constitution? 23. What is universal Adult Franchise? 24. Write the advantages of single citizenship. 25. Why is Indian judiciary said to be an independent judiciary?
25. What is the importance of Fundamental rights? 27. How can it be said that Fundamental rights are not absolute? 28. Mention the Fundamental rights. 29. Give reasons as to why certain sections of the society are provided concessions and privileges in spite of right to equality. 30. How does cultural and educational right protect the interests of the minorities? 31. Mention the right introduced in 2010 under right to equality what is the importance of it? 32. Name the right that bans child labour and provides protection to women against exploitation. 33. The right to Constitutional remedies is said to be the heart and soul of our constitution. Why is it said so?
34. Rights and Duties are like the two sides of the same coin - Substantiate the statement. 35. Mention a few fundamental duties that you have to follow as a citizen of this country. 36. When and in which the fundamental duties part of the constitution was incorporated?
37. Name the body that has powers to amend the provisions of the constitution in India. 38. What is the procedure followed in parliament to amend the provisions of Fundamental rights and Directive principles?
39. Write the procedures to be followed to amend the constitutional provisions.
PROJECT WORK - SCHEDULING
I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII XIII XIV XV XVI FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH VACA NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH TASKS RESOURCE NEEDED T T T T T T T T TION T T T T T T T T Internet / library / industry / Research Literature survey for project Centres
Finalisation of the Area in which the project has to be done ( Example : Design / Manufacturing Internet / library / / Thermal Engineering ) industry
Laboratory / Finding out Facility to do the Industry/ Project project Sites Laboratory / Collecting Data / Doing Industry/ Project experiments / writing of code Sites Using relevent Analysis of Data software
Results and Fine tuning the Laboratory / experiment using the Data Industry/ Project Analysis Sites
Report writing Submission of Project Report and Viva voce Department of Technical Education, Karnataka DIPLOMA IN LEATHER TECHNOLOGY FIFTH & SIXTH SEMESTER (Final end examination will be in Sixth Semester) SUBJECT: PROJECT WORK AND INDUSTRIAL VISIT
Contact Hrs/Week: 3 Hrs. Contact Hrs: 48 Hrs + 48 Hrs
As far as possible students should be given application oriented project problems with a view to:
1. Develop an understanding regarding the size and scale of operations and nature of field work in which students are going to play their role after completing the course of study in Mechanical Engineering. 2. Develop an understanding of subject based knowledge given in the classroom in the context of its application at work places. 3. Provide first hand experience to develop confidence amongst the students to enable them to use and apply acquired technical knowledge and skills to solve practical problems of the world of work. 4. Develop special skills and abilities like interpersonal skills, communication skills, attitudes and values. 5. Practical exposure to an industrial activity
For the fulfillment of above competencies, polytechnics may establish close linkage with 8-10 relevant organizations for providing such an experience. It is necessary that each organization is visited well in advance by respective teachers and activities to be performed by students are well defined. The chosen activities should be such which are of curricular interest to students and of professional value to industrial/field organizations.
Each Project batch must have Minimum of 5 students.
Effort should be made to identify actual field problems to be given as project work to the students. Project selected should not be too complex which is beyond the comprehension level of the students. The placement of the students for such a practical cum project work should match with the competency profile and interest of students.
Students may be assessed both by industry and polytechnic faculty.
The suggested performance criteria are given below: a) Punctuality and regularity (Log book - mandatory and to be produced during IA verification) b) Initiative in learning/Demonstration and fabrication of model c) Level/proficiency of practical skills acquired d) Originality e) Scope for patentability f) Sense of responsibility g) Self expression/Communication skills h) Interpersonal skills. g) Report writing skills h) Viva voce Some of suggested projects are given below: These are only guidelines, teacher may take any project related to Mechanical and allied area depending upon the availability of projects. Preference should be given to practical oriented projects.
1) Industrial Visit Students are required to undergo an industrial visit for period of at least 3(Three) working days, either in V/VI semester. After completion of their visit the reports should be prepared. Each Student should write the report independently in view of his own observation in industry. All days for the visit should be accounted for clearly giving attendance particulars. The concern accompanying staff is to check student presence and access progress periodically
1.1 Industrial report Students are required to submit a comprehensive report on factory visit with details of the organization where the training was undergone. The comprehensive report should focus on study of plant/ product /process/ along with intensive in-depth study on anyone of the topics such as processes, methods, tooling, plant layout and equipment, highlighting aspects of quality, productivity of the system. Any data, drawings etc should be incorporated with the consent of the Organization. The comprehensive report should be submitted for the end exam for evaluation.
2) Project work Project work can be carried out on any subject related to Leather Technology. The Project Report should consist of following items. 1. Introduction 2. Review of Literature 3. Study Area 4. Methodology/Design/fabrication/Tests 5. Result and Discussion 6. Conclusion and scope for future study 7. References. ______GUIDELINES FOR THE PREPARATION OF PROJECT REPORTS
1. Project reports should be typed neatly in Times New Roman letters with font size 14 for titles and 12 for text on both sides of the paper with 1.5 line spacing on a A4 size paper (210 x 297 mm). The margins should be: Left - 1.5", Right - 1", Top and Bottom - 0.75". 2. The total number of reports (Soft bound) to be prepared are One copy to the department /library One copy to the concerned guide(s) One copy to the candidate. 3. Before taking the final printout, the approval of the concerned guide(s) is mandatory and suggested corrections, if any, must be incorporated.
4. Every copy of the report must contain Inner title page (White) Outer title page with a plastic cover Candidate declaration and Certificate in the format enclosed both from the institution and the organization where the project is carried out. An abstract (synopsis) not exceeding 100 words, indicating salient features of the work. 5. The organization of the report should be as follows 1. Inner title page 2. Abstract or Synopsis Usually numbered in 3. Acknowledgments roman 4. Table of Contents 5. List of table & figures (optional) Chapters (to be numbered in Arabic) containing Introduction-, which usually specifies the scope of work and its importance and relation to previous work and the present developments, Main body of the report divided appropriately into chapters, sections and subsections. The chapters, sections and subsections may be numbered in the decimal form for e.g. Chapter 2, sections as 2.1, 2.2 etc., and subsections as 2.2.3, 2.5.1 etc. The chapter must be left or right justified (font size 16). Followed by the title of chapter centered (font size 18), section/subsection numbers along with their headings must be left justified with section number and its heading in font size 16 and subsection and its heading in font size 14. The body or the text of the report should have font size 12. The figures and tables must be numbered chapter wise The last chapter should contain the summary of the work carried, contributions if any, their utility along with the scope for further work. Reference or Bibliography: The references should be numbered serially in the order of their occurrence in the text and their numbers should be indicated within square brackets for e.g. [3]. The section on references should list them in serial order in the following format. 1. For textbooks – Dr.Paramar S, Welding process and technology, Khanna publishers, New Delhi, 2 Edition, 2003. 2. For papers – Y.Javadi and I.sattari, Welding distortion in pipes, Journal of pressure vessels and piping, Vol 85, Aug 2008, pp 337-343 Only SI units are to be used in the report. Important equations must be numbered in decimal form for e.g. . V = IZ ...... (3.2) All equation numbers should be right justified. Separator sheets, used if any, between chapters, should be of thin paper PROJECT EVALUATION: (At the end of 6th semester) 1. Relevance of the subject in the present context 10 mark 2. Literature Review 10 mark 3. Fabrication of the model/Data collection/repair and Overhauling work 40 mark 4. Results & Discussion 10 mark 5. Industrial visit report 10 mark 6. Presentation 20 mark TOTAL 100 mark SESIONAL MARKS EVALUATION: 1. First review (During the end of V th semester) 25 mark 2. Second review (During the end of VI th semester) 25 mark TOTAL:50 mark I A Marks:
Scheme of Evaluation
1 Log record 05 2 Synopsis 10 3 Presentation 10 Total 25
NOTE: 1.Sesional marks to be awarded at the end of EACH SEMESTER ONLY 2.The candidate declaration and certificate sample copy are enclosed here for incorporation in final project report ------
CANDIDATE’S DECLARATION
I, ------a student of Diploma in ------Department bearing Reg No------of ------hereby declare that I own full responsibility for the information, results and conclusions provided in this project work titled “------“submitted to State Board of Technical Examinations, Government of Karnataka for the award of Diploma in ------. To the best of my knowledge, this project work has not been submitted in part or full elsewhere in any other institution/organization for the award of any certificate/diploma/degree. I have completely taken care in acknowledging the contribution of others in this academic work. I further declare that in case of any violation of intellectual property rights and particulars declared, found at any stage, I, as the candidate will be solely responsible for the same.
Date:
Place: Signature of candidate Name: ------Reg No------
DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION NAME OF THE INSTITUTION Address with pin code Department of …………………………………………………….. CERTIFICATE
Certified that this project report entitled ------
------”which is being submitted by Mr./Ms. ………………………….……………….., Reg. No…..……………, a bonafide student of …………………………………….in partial fulfillment for the award of Diploma in ------Engineering during the year ……………………... is record of students own work carried out under my/our guidance. It is certified that all corrections/suggestions indicated for internal Assessment have been incorporated in the Report and one copy of it being deposited in the polytechnic library.
The project report has been approved as it satisfies the academic requirements in respect of Project work prescribed for the said diploma. It is further understood that by this certificate the undersigned do not endorse or approve any statement made, opinion expressed or conclusion drawn there in but approve the project only for the purpose for which it is submitted.
Guide(s) Name and signature
Examiners 1 2 Head of Department Dept. of ------
ROADMAP FOR PROJECT GUIDES
1. The project work is proposed to be carried out during the V and VI semesters so that learners prepare during the V semester, do some field work based on the preparation during the mid semester vacation and report the analysis and inferences during the VI semester. 2. The learners would reach a level of maturity by the time they reach V semester and so a meaningful project lasting for a year can be executed by them. 3. To execute the project with involvement needs constant guidance and monitoring of the progress of the learners by the guide. 4. This does not mean teacher has to advice learners. 5. Be confident about the ability of the learner and “intellectually provoke” them with challenging questions. These questions should prompt the learners to search information and update themselves (to be carried out during the first two weeks). 6. Do not feed information to learners. Instead crate a ‘cognitive dissonance’ (a challenging question or situation that the learner is not able to find an immediate answer but feels the need to search for information to find a solution). 7. Defer judgement on learners and give them identified sources if required like a journal article, book or a web site. 8. Even if the learners report their inability to solve do NOT give or prescribe a solution. 9. Be patient and give time for the learner to construct his knowledge. 10. Give corrective feedback to the learner by challenging his solutions so that his logic is questioned and it develops further. 11. This leads to the first activity viz., literature survey and conceiving a project. 12. During this phase meet the project team in a group and create a healthy competition among the learners to search different sources and synthesise their findings in the group. 13. Aim for bringing out a workable innovative project conceived within the first eight weeks as given in the schedule attached. 14. During these two phases and the third phase the teacher should assess the strengths and weakness of the members of the group and allocate differential work to team members on the remaining tasks to be carried out during the next thirty weeks. 15. This is to ensure active participation of all the members of the team. 16. By the end of the twelfth week finalise the project and a schedule of further activities for each member indicating the time frame in which his activities are to be executed may be made ready. A soft copy of this schedule may be collected from each learner by the guide to follow up. 17. This schedule prepared by each learner need to be documented for checking further progress of the project. 18. The next few phases of the project may require active guidance of the guide especially regarding the sources of collecting data, if a sample data is to be collected the number of units has to be decided, collating the data/fabricating, tryout/analysis and finally coming out with meaningful conclusions or models or application. 19. Data like models, designs, technical specifications, source code, protocols and original records need be collected from one authentic source as there will not be any variation. The teacher may guide the learners to authentic source. 20. Data having limited variability like product/service quality, processes and standards, procedures need to be collected from a sample as there is a variation. The number of units from whom (source) the data is to be collected is called sample. The sample needs to be representative of the expected variation. The decision on the size of the sample and the number of units need guidance from the teacher. For example, data regarding the quality of a product/service need be collected from 3 to 5 personnel at different levels of a service provider or dealers of a product. The numbers given are suggestive but a guide based on his experience has to make valid suggestions. 21. Data having a wide range of variation like customer satisfaction where the customers are members of the public need a larger number of units to accommodate the diversity. A tool like questionnaire with predetermined questions need to be prepared, tried out on a small sample and finalise the questions. Data may be collected from at least 30 units. This number is suggested to apply statistical analysis for meaningful conclusions. Guides may decide on the sample size depending on the accessibility of data. 22. The intention of the above three points viz., 19, 20 and 21 is to ensure objectivity in data collection i.e., to reduce the subjectivity of the human mind. 23. All the above activities need to be completed before three to four weeks before the end of V semester (refer the spread sheet related to scheduling). 24. The learners may be instructed to collect data objectively with identified sample during the next 4 to six weeks which includes the mid semester holidays. This would enable the learners to visit the field and collect data without the constraint of reporting to institution and attending classes on a regular basis. 25. The collected data need to be organised and entered to spread sheets or similar formats for analysis. Qualitative data may be converted to quantitative using a rating scale or similar data organisation procedures. 26. The result of most analysis on spreadsheet could be obtained in tables or graphs as per the requirement. 27. Activities mentioned in points 24, 25 and 26 may be carried out by learners during 4 to 8 weeks after commencement of VI semester. 28. Interpretation of the analysed tables and graphs to arrive at meaningful inference. The guide at this stage may defer his ideas on interpretation allowing the learners to do this. In case the learners err in the process they may be given corrective feedback. 29. A report of the whole process of doing the project may be written, word processed and submitted in triplicate. 30. Guides may contact industries and try to solve their problems so that the learners get a field experience and they get ready for the industry. 31. Innovations and innovative practices may be encouraged among the learners to be pursued as a project. Developing prototypes, (in simulation or real) trying out feasibility of new ideas, changing existing systems by adding modules, combining, assembling new modules and developing new systems may be given higher priority over routine bookish projects. 32. The schedule of events proposed is for an investigative project as a model. Guides may alter the prescribed schedule to suit the kind of innovative projects sited in point No.31 above. 33. Industry personnel may be involved in conceiving, executing and evaluating projects. This gives credibility to the institute and acceptance of learners for absorption into the company.
GUIDELINES TO LEARNERS TO CARRY OUT A TWO SEMESTER PROJECT
1. Carry out the project work through the V and VI semesters. Preparation must be done during the V semester and based on this, field work should be done during the mid semester vacation and reporting of analysis and inferences should be done in the VI semester. 2. You have the ability and the level of maturity needed to conceive an innovative and meaningful project accomplishing which gives you recognition by the industry and empowers you with the power of knowledge. 3. Understand your strength and weakness and make an effort to find the strength and weakness of other peers in the team. 4. Complement each other’s strength rather than compete with peers within the team. This will enable you to complete a comprehensive and innovative project relevant to the industrial needs rather than doing a routine copy of what others have done. 5. Seek guidance from the teacher and update him/her about the progress. 6. Be confident about your ability and that of other members of your group. Take extra efforts to collect information, share with your peers and synthesise your knowledge. 7. Question everything including the ideas of your teacher. Accept the ideas and instructions which are internally consistent (logical). 8. Involve actively in group activities and contribute towards the tasks. 9. Do not depend too much on the teacher as a source of information, search on your own and build your knowledge structure. Search for authentic sources like journal articles, books and authentic sites rather than blogs and tweets. 10. Though brief, record your thoughts and activities including searches immediately. 11. Prepare a schedule for your work on a spread sheet and encourage your peers to do the same. 12. Show your schedule and that of others to the teacher and get his feedback. 13. Keep reviewing the schedule every fortnight and take corrective steps if needed. For doing this keep the general guideline schedule given in the curriculum as a backdrop. 14. Tools used for data collection like instruments, testing machines, questions to be asked and software may be tried out and standardised by the twelfth week of the project. Seek the teacher’s help who is experienced in doing this. 15. Collect data dispassionately or objectively (without applying your personal prejudice). Complete this task before the VI semester begins. 16. While entering data into the spread sheet ask your peer member to verify. This will ensure accuracy of data entry. 17. Use appropriate mathematics/statistics for calculations. Seek help from external sources (other than your teacher) if required. 18. The results of your analysis need to be graphically represented and documented. You may also add photographs and video clips to increase the validity. 19. This task needs to be completed within 8 weeks after commencement of VI semester. 20. Interpret the data (after analysis) and arrive at meaningful inferences on your own in discussion with your peers. Get it ratified by your teacher. Suggestions from the teacher may be discussed among your peers and incorporated if they are internally consistent. 21. The project report may be word processed (videos, photographs attached in soft copy) and submitted in triplicate two weeks before the end of VI semester. 22. Involve passionately in the team work, make constructive contributions and come out with an industry friendly project which will equip you in your professional development.
FIRST SEMESTER DIPLOMA IN LEATHER TECHNOLOGY Scheme of Study and Examination.(With effect from 2009-10)
Q P Contact Hours Scheme of Examination CODE SL Theory Subject Exam. End Exam. I.A Duratio N The Pract. Tota n Max Min Marks Total Marks Min Pass Marks o ory l with IA Marks Marks Marks
English 1 9CP01E 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 Communication .
Applied 2 9SC01M 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 Mathematics-I
3 9SC03S Applied Science 5 --- 5 3 100 35 25 125 45
4 9LT14 Leather Basics 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
Practicals
5 9SC10P Science Lab --- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60
Basic Computer 9LT16P --- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60 Skills 6
17 12 29 600 150 750 300 Total
SECOND SEMESTER DIPLOMA IN LEATHER TECHNOLOGY Scheme of Study and Examination.(With effect from 2009-10)
Q P Contact Hours Scheme of Examination
SL Code Exam. End Exam. Duration N Theory Subject Theor Pract. Total Max Min Total o y Marks Marks marks I A Min Marks Pass Marks with IA Marks
1 9SC02M Applied Mathematics-II. 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
Applied Chemistry – I 2 9SCL22 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
Mechanical Engg. 3 9ME02M 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 Science
Tanning Technology 4 9LT24 4 -- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
Practicals
5 9LT25P Chemistry Lab --- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60
6 9LT26P Tannery Practice - I --- 6 6 6 100 50 25 125 60
7 9LT27P Auto-Cad Lab --- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60
Total 16 18 34 700 175 875 360
THIRD SEMESTER DIPLOMA IN LEATHER TECHNOLOGY Scheme of Study and Examination.(With effect from 2010-11)
QP Contact Hours Scheme of Examination
SL Code Exam. End Exam. I.A Total Min Duration No Theory Subject Theory Pract. Total Max Min Marks Marks marks for
Marks marks passing
1 9SCL31 Applied Chemistry –II 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
Post Tanning & Finishing 2 9LT32 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 Techniques
45 3 9LT33 Leather Manufacturing- I 4 4 3 100 35 25 125
Footwear Science & 4 9LT34 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 Technology-I
Practical 5 9LT35P Shoe Designing --- 6 6 6 100 50 25 125 60
Chemical Analysis - I 6 9LT36P --- 6 6 6 100 50 25 125 60
7 9LT37P Tannery Practice - II --- 6 6 6 100 50 25 125 60
Total 16 18 34 700 290 175 875 360
FOURTH SEMESTER DIPLOMA IN LEATHER TECHNOLOGY Scheme of Study and Examination.(With effect from 2010-11)
QP Contact Hours Scheme of Examination SL Code Exam. End Exam. I.A Total Min Duration No Theory Subject Theory Pract. Total Max Min Marks Marks marks for
Marks marks passing
1 9LT41 Leather Manufacturing-II 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
45 2 9LT42 Leather Machinery 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125
45 3 9LT43 Leather Auxiliaries 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125
Footwear Science & 4 9LT44 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 Technology- II Practical
Footwear Fabrication 5 9LT45P --- 6 6 6 100 50 25 125 60 Practice
6 9LT46P Tannery Practice – III --- 6 6 6 100 50 25 125 60
--- 7 9LT47P Chemical Analysis –II 6 6 6 100 50 25 125 60
Industrial Visit + Report 8 9LT48P -- -- 25 25 15
Total 16 18 34 700 290 200 900 375
FIFTH SEMESTER DIPLOMA IN LEATHER TECHNOLOGY Scheme of Study and Examination.(With effect from 2011-12)
Q P Contact Hours Scheme of Examination SL Code Exam. End Exam. I.A Total Min Duration No Theory Subject TH PR Total Max Min Marks Marks marks for
Marks marks passing
1 9LT51 Leather Biotechnology 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
Material Testing 2 9LT52 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
Leather Goods And Garment 3 9LT53 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 Technology
Environmental Management 4 9LT54 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 Systems
Practical
5 9LT55P Leather Goods & Garment --- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60 Fabrication
6 9LT56P Physical Testing --- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60
Communication & Analysis 7 9LT57P Skill Development -- 6 6 3 50 25 75 125 60 Programme [CASP]
Project work-I & Industrial 8 9LT58P --- 3 3 ------25 25 -- visit
Total 16 18 34 650 250 900 360
SIXTH SEMESTER DIPLOMA IN LEATHER TECHNOLOGY
Scheme of Study and Examination.
(With effect from 2011-12)
Q P Contact Hours Scheme of Examination
SL Code Exam. End Exam. I.A Total Min Duration No Theory Subject Theory Pract. Total Max Min Marks Marks marks for
Marks marks passing
Basic Management Skills 1 9ME51 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 & Indian Constitution
2 9LT61 By products Technology 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
Practical
12 12 weeks weeks 3 9LT62P Industrial Training --- 3 100 50 25 125 60 /seme /seme ster ster
4 9LT63P Project Work --- 3 3 3 100 50 25 125 60
Total 8 3 11 400 100 500 210